Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / Manitex International, Inc.

Manitex International, Inc.

mntx · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mntx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Manitex International, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

ANNUAL REPORT  
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)  
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008  

Commission File No.: 001-32401  

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Michigan 
(State of incorporation) 

7402 W. 100th Place 
Bridgeview, Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

42-1628978 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

60455 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (708) 430-7500  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, no par value 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  

None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  (cid:133)    No  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  (cid:133)    No  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ⌧    No  (cid:133)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act.  

Large Accelerated Filer  (cid:133)  Accelerated Filer  (cid:133)  Non-Accelerated Filer  (cid:133)  Smaller reporting company  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  (cid:133)    No  ⌧  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock, no par value (“Common Stock”), held by non-affiliates of the registrant as 
of June 30, 2008 was approximately $27.4 million based upon the closing price for the Common Stock of $5.12 on the NASDAQ 
Stock Market on such date. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of 
the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate 
status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.  

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 3, 2009 was 10,834,812.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to 
herein) from the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting (the “2009 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the 
Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.  

i 

  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
BUSINESS.........................................................................................................................................................
RISK FACTORS................................................................................................................................................
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.............................................................................................................
PROPERTIES ....................................................................................................................................................
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ..................................................................................................................................
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.......................................................

ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

PART II  ........................................................................................................................................................................................
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ........................................................................................
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.....................................................................................................................
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS ............................................................................................................................................
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ..................................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ..................................................................
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ............................................................................................................................
ITEM 9A(T).  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES..................................................................................................................
ITEM 9B. 
OTHER INFORMATION.................................................................................................................................

ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 

1 
2 
12 
19 
19 
20 
20 

21 

21 
22 

25 
48 
49 

  100 
  100 
  102 

ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 

PART III .......................................................................................................................................................................................
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE...........................................
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ....................................................................................................................
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
  103 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .......................................................................................................
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE   103 
  103 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..................................................................................

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

  102 
  102 
  103 

PART IV  .......................................................................................................................................................................................
EXHIBITS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .......................................................................

ITEM 15. 

  103 
  103 

SIGNATURES  .............................................................................................................................................................................

  105 

ii 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
References to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Manitex International, Inc., together in each case with our subsidiaries 
and any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise.  

PART I  

Forward-Looking Statements  
When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking 
statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements and are based upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We 
use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K include, without limitation: (1) projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, 
(2) statements of our plans and objectives, (3) statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations, 
(4) statements of expected future economic conditions and the effect on us and on our customers, (5) expected benefits of our cost 
reduction measures, and (6) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business. Our actual results may differ from 
information contained in these forward looking-statements for many reasons, including those described below and in the section 
entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors”:  
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe;  
our customers’ diminished liquidity and credit availability;  
difficulties in implementing new systems, integrating acquired businesses, managing anticipated growth, and responding to 
technological change;  
our ability to negotiate extensions of our credit agreements and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed.  
the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in;  
increases in interest rates;  
government spending; fluctuations in the construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry;  
the performance of our competitors;  
shortages in supplies and raw materials or the increase in costs of materials;  

(9) 
(10)  our level of indebtedness and our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements;  
(11)  product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities;  
(12)  the volatility of our stock price;  
(13)  future sales of our common stock;  
(14)  the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions;  
(15)  currency transactions (foreign exchange) risks and the risk related to forward currency contracts; and  
(16)  certain provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, 

Amended and Restated Bylaws, and the Company’s Preferred Stock Purchase Rights may discourage or prevent a change in 
control of the Company.  

(17)  NASDAQ Capital Markets may cease to list our Common Stock;  

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial 
condition or operating results. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking 
information, except as required under applicable law.  

1 

 
  
BUSINESS  

ITEM 1. 
Our Business  
Overview  
The Company is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse 
group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety of industries. Through its Manitex subsidiary it markets a 
comprehensive line of boom trucks and sign cranes. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial 
projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction. Through its 
Manitex Liftking subsidiary and its Schaeff Lift Truck division, the Company also sells a complete line of rough terrain forklifts, a 
line of stand-up electric forklifts, cushioned tired forklifts with lifting capacities from 18 thousand to 40 thousand pounds, and special 
mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. Manitex 
Liftking’s rough terrain forklifts are used in both commercial and military applications. Specialty mission oriented vehicles and 
specialized carriers are designed and built to meet the Company’s unique customer needs and requirements. The Company’s 
specialized lifting equipment has met the particular needs of customers in various industries that include utility, ship building and steel 
mill industries. The foregoing operations comprise the Company’s Lifting Equipment Segment.  

In October 2008, the Company began operating a crane dealership located in Bridgeview, Illinois that distributes Terex rough terrain 
and truck cranes, Fuchs material handlers, Manitex boom trucks and sky cranes. We treat these operations as a separate reporting 
segment entitled “Equipment Distribution.” Our Equipment Distribution segment also supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium to heavy duty construction equipment sold both domestically and internationally. Our crane products are used primarily for 
infrastructure development and commercial constructions, applications include road and bridge construction, general contracting, 
roofing, scrap handling and sign construction and maintenance.  

History  
The Company’s predecessor was founded in 1993. In October 2003, our predecessor company was purchased by Veri-Tek 
International, Corp., formerly known as Quantum-Veri-Tek, Inc., a Michigan corporation incorporated on October 17, 2003, and an 
affiliate of Quantum Value Partners, LP, pursuant to an asset purchase agreement. Following the acquisition of Quantum-Veri-Tek in 
2003, the Company’s single line of business was to design, develop, and build specialty Testing & Assembly Equipment for the 
automotive and heavy equipment industries that identifies defects through the use of signature analysis and in-process verification. We 
refer to this operation as our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment. On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan to 
sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s operating assets including its inventory, machinery, equipment and patents. On 
August 1, 2007, the assets used in connection with the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment were sold to EuroMaint Industry, 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (“EuroMaint”). As of August 31, 2007, all operations of the former Testing & Assembly Equipment 
segment had ceased.  

The period since 2006 has been a period of significant strategic change for the Company. In fiscal 2006, we completed two 
acquisitions that introduced boom trucks, sign cranes and lifting equipment into our operations as a new business segment. On July 31, 
2007, the Company further expanded its Lifting Equipment segment by purchasing the Noble Forklift product line. The Noble Forklift 
product line is comprised of four rough terrain forklifts in several configurations, and is being produced in the Company’s existing 
facilities located in Woodbridge, Ontario and Georgetown, Texas. Although the revenues for the Noble Forklift product line were not 
significant in 2007, the Company believes that the acquisition will allow the Company to increase its market penetration in the future.  

On May 27, 2008, Veri-Tek International, Corp. filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation changing its name to 
Manitex International, Inc. The name change was effective as of May 28, 2008.  

Discontinued Operations  
On March 29, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to sell the Company’s Testing & Assembly Equipment 
segment in order to focus management’s attention and financial resources on the Company’s Lifting Equipment segment. The plan to 
sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment followed a strategic review made by the Company triggered by a history of 
significant operating losses by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment.  

In connection with the preparation of our 2006 year-end financial statements, the Board determined that certain assets used in 
connection with our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment were impaired. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.6 
million (See Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements).  

2 

 
On July 5, 2007, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with EuroMaint. Under the terms of the Asset Purchase 
Agreement, the Company agreed to sell and EuroMaint agreed to purchase certain assets of the Company used in connection with the 
Company’s diesel engine testing equipment business. EuroMaint also assumed and agreed to pay, perform and discharge when due 
certain obligations of the Company arising in connection with the operation of the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment 
business. In addition to the assumption of those certain assumed liabilities, EuroMaint agreed to pay to the Company the aggregate 
purchase price of $1.1 million. This transaction was completed on August 1, 2007. As of August 31, 2007, all operations of the 
Company’s Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operations had ceased. The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operated 
from a leased facility. The lease termination date for this facility was August 31, 2007 (See Note 4 to our consolidated financial 
statements).  

As a result of the Company’s decision to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, the results of this operation have been 
reported as a discontinued operation for all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with FAS 
No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. As a result of discontinuing our Testing & Assembly 
Equipment segment, the Company operated in only a single business segment, Lifting Equipment until October 6, 2008. On that date, 
the Company determined that operations of its newly acquired crane distributor would be reported as a separate segment.  

Summary of Acquisitions  
Effective July 3, 2006, the Company completed the purchase of Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex subsidiary”) via an acquisition of all of the 
membership interests in Quantum Value Management, LLC (an entity owned by certain stockholders of the Company). On 
November 30, 2006, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability 
corporation (“Manitex Liftking”), completed the acquisition (the “Liftking Acquisition”) of all of the operating assets of Liftking 
Industries, Inc., an Ontario, Canada corporation (“Liftking”). As the result of these two acquisitions, the Company became a leading 
provider of engineered lifting solutions including boom truck cranes, rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles. 
Through the Company’s Manitex subsidiary, it markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks and sign cranes. The Company’s boom 
trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including 
roads, bridges and commercial construction. Through the Company’s Manitex Liftking subsidiary, it sells a complete line of rough 
terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and 
steel mill equipment. Manitex Liftking’s rough terrain forklifts are used in both commercial and military applications.  

On July 31, 2007, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with GT Distribution, LLC (“GT Distribution”), a related 
party, pursuant to which the Company acquired its Noble product line. The Noble product line, which is comprised of four rough 
terrain forklifts in several configurations, is produced in our two current production facilities, which are located in Woodbridge, 
Ontario and Georgetown, Texas. The results for the Noble Forklift product line acquisition have been included in the accompanying 
consolidated statement of operations from the date of the acquisition.  

On October 6, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff Lift Truck Inc. (“Schaeff”) 
and Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane”) pursuant to an asset purchase agreement with Schaeff, Crane, and their parent company, GT 
Distribution (“GT”). Mr. Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer owned 38.8% of the membership interests 
of GT. Due to the related-party aspects of this transaction, the asset purchase agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby 
were approved by a committee of the Company’s independent directors (the “Special Committee”) and the Audit Committee of the 
Company’s Board of Directors. The Special Committee also received a fairness opinion from an independent financial advisory firm 
that the consideration to be paid by the Company for the assets of Schaeff and GT was fair to the shareholders of the Company from a 
financial point of view. In January 2009, Mr. Langevin assigned his ownership interest in GT to Bob Litchev, a Senior Vice President 
of Manitex International, Inc. Located in Bridgeview, Illinois, Crane is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes and 
Manitex boom trucks and sign cranes and is being treated as a separate reporting segment entitled “Equipment Distribution.” The 
Equipment Distribution segment has a long-standing dealer relationship with Terex Corporation and is the authorized Terex rough 
terrain and truck crane dealer for Cook County, Illinois. Truck cranes differ from boom trucks in that they are built on a specialized 
chassis and, though road-worthy, are neither licensed or titled but instead are considered a piece of construction equipment. Rough 
terrain cranes are designed to operate on unpaved, unfinished construction sites and must be delivered by a freight hauler.  

Recent events in the credit markets and changes in economic climate  
Historically, the demand for the Company’s products depended upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the 
Company competes. The Company’s sales depend in part upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic 
conditions, including a decrease in commodity prices, has caused customers in the past to forego or postpone new purchases in favor 
of repairing existing machinery.  

3 

 
  
The distress in the financial markets that occurred in the later part of 2008 is unprecedented. The immediate impact was a dramatic 
decrease in liquidity and credit availability throughout the world. An incredibly rapid and significant deterioration in economic 
conditions, especially in the United States and Europe followed. The deterioration in economic conditions is ongoing and the ultimate 
extent of the current recession and the timing of the recovery is unknown. The actions of the United States and other world 
governments to stimulate the world economy are also unprecedented. The United States stimulus package includes very significant 
appropriations for improving the country’s infrastructure, which could be a significant benefit to the Company. The ultimate success 
of governmental actions and the resulting benefits that the Company may see, however, remain unknown.  

The above described events had an immediate significant adverse impact on the Company, including a very dramatic curtailment of 
new orders, as well as requests to delay delivery and, in some cases, the cancellation of existing orders. Some of our dealers were not 
able to access their existing credits lines which delayed their payments. It appears that our dealers currently have access to their 
existing credit lines or have been able to replace them with new lines. The Company does not currently expect the distress in the credit 
markets to result in the Company incurring any significant uncollectible accounts. The depth and length of the recession is unknown, 
however, and could result in dealers being unable to stay in business. The Company retains a security interest in the cranes it sells in 
the United States until payment is received, which the Company expects will mitigate the financial impact to it of dealers going out of 
business.  

Based on a significant reduction in our backlog and anticipating the impact of economic conditions and longer sales cycles, we 
determined that swift management action was necessary to ensure that we balance operating activity with current demand levels. Since 
the end of the third quarter 2008, we have implemented across the board cost reduction activities that we estimate will yield 
approximately $5 million in annual expense reductions. The cost of implementing our expense reduction initiative are expected to 
range between $0.2 million and $0.3 million with $0.1 million recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the remainder to be 
recognized in the first quarter of 2009. The specific actions we took to achieve these cost reductions comprise headcount reductions of 
salaried and hourly employees, virtual elimination of overtime, suspension of additional hires and merit increases, reduction in 
executive and salaried pay, bonus and benefits and the introduction of shortened work weeks. Management determined that these 
actions, although difficult, were required to enable the Company to adjust to current conditions and position us to respond quickly 
when the market recovers. We have increased our focus on several new North American and international sales initiatives and supply 
chain cost reductions, as we rigorously pursue continued market share gains, margin improvement and profitability.  

General Corporate Information  
The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 7402 W. 100th Place, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455 and our telephone number is 
(708) 430-7500. The Company’s website address is www.manitexinternational.com. Information contained on our website is not 
incorporated by reference into this report and such information should not be considered to be part of this report.  

4 

 
  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT BUSINESS SEGMENTS  
The following is financial information about our Lifting Equipment and Equipment Distribution segments for the years ending 
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of 
significant accounting policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, except 
corporate expenses are not allocated to segments. The Company evaluates segment performance based upon operating income before 
corporate expenses. Amounts shown are in thousands of dollars.  

AS OF OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED 
DECEMBER 31,  
2007 (1)(2)  

2008 (1)(2)  

2006 (1)(2)  

Revenues from continuing operations: 

Lifting Equipment ................................................................................................... $  103,343  
2,998  
Equipment Distribution ...........................................................................................
Total............................................................................................................... $  106,341  

$  106,946  
—    
$  106,946  

Operating income from continuing operations: 

Lifting Equipment ................................................................................................... $ 
Equipment Distribution ...........................................................................................
Corporate expense ...................................................................................................

Total............................................................................................................... $ 

Total assets: 

Lifting Equipment ................................................................................................... $ 
Equipment Distribution ...........................................................................................
Corporate.................................................................................................................
Discontinued operations ..........................................................................................

Total............................................................................................................... $ 

6,382  
68  
(3,042) 
3,408  

79,635  
6,368  
225  
—    
86,228  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,109  
—    
(3,756) 
6,353  

79,749  
—    
254  
172  
80,175  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

40,676  
—    
40,676  

2,543  
—    
(1,384) 
1,159  

82,114  
—    
—    
1,730  
83,844  

(1)  The financial data for all years presented reflects the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued 

operation.  

(2)  Financial results for acquisitions are included from the date of acquisition July 3 2006 for Quantum Value Management, LLC, 
November 30, 2006 for the assets of Liftking Industries, Inc., July 31, 2007 for Noble product line and October 6, 2008 for the 
assets of Crane & Machinery, Inc. and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. The Company acquired its Equipment Distribution segment in 
October of 2008 with the acquisition of substantially all the assets of Crane & Machinery.  

Lifting Equipment Segment  
Boom Trucks  
A boom truck is a straight telescopic boom crane outfitted with a hook and winch which is mounted on a standard flatbed commercial 
(Class 7 or 8) truck chassis. Relative to other lifting equipment, boom trucks provide increased versatility capable of transporting 
relatively large payloads from site to site at highway speeds. A boom truck is usually sold with outriggers, pads and devices for 
reinforcing the chassis in order to improve safety and stability. Although produced in a wide range of models and sizes, boom trucks 
can be broadly distinguished by their normal lifting capability as light, medium, and heavy-cranes. Various models of medium or 
heavy-lift boom trucks can safely lift loads from 15 to 50 tons and operating radii can exceed 100’. Another advantage of the boom 
truck is the ability to provide occasional manlift capabilities at a very low cost to height ratio. While it is not uncommon to see a very 
old boom truck, most replacement cycles seem to trend to seven years.  

5 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company sells its boom trucks through a network of approximately thirty full service dealers in United States and Canada and 
through a Mexican dealer, a Middle East dealer and a Russian dealer. A number of our dealers maintain a rental fleet of their own. 
Boom cranes can be rented for either short or long-term periods. The market for boom cranes has historically been cyclical. Sales of 
boom cranes grew from 1992, to a peak, in 1998 of 2,719 units. Since then, the market has experienced periods of declines and 
recovery. Unit sales were the lowest in 2003 when only 1,445 units were sold. In 2006, the demand for boom trucks exceeded the 
industry capacity to produce the product. In 2006, the industry delivered approximately 2,700 units. Although the industry deliveries 
for 2007 remained strong at approximately 2,500 units, the demand softened somewhat and allowed the industry to catch up to 
demand. Although the industry’s unit shipments decreased modestly from 2006 to 2007, the Company unit shipments were up 
approximately 10% for 2007. The overall industry demand in 2008 decreased by approximately 36% to approximately 1,600 units. 
Our boom truck shipments were, however, only down approximately 10% in 2008, as our market share continued to increase, rising 
from 21% in 2007 to 30% in 2008. The Company currently expects overall industry demand to decline significantly again in 2009, 
with total demand dropping below 1,000 units.  

The Company is the second leading producer of boom trucks in North America with approximately 30% of all unit sales. Market share 
based on revenues is even higher because the Company’s sales are skewed to boom trucks with higher lifting capacity. Although the 
Company offers a complete line of boom trucks from light to heavy capacity cranes, we believe it is an advantage to be skewed 
towards the heavier lifting capacity. The heavier capacity cranes have somewhat higher margins and are believed to be less cyclical. 
Markets that drive demand for boom trucks include power distribution, oil and gas recovery, and new home construction. The new 
home construction market, which uses lower capacity cranes, is probably the most cyclical and is where our market share is the 
lowest. We believe that oil and gas extraction offers the best chance for long-term growth, and is a market where the Manitex 
subsidiary’s products are well represented.  

Sign Cranes  
A sign crane is similar to a boom truck in that it is a straight telescopic boom crane mounted on a commercially available chassis, but 
it differs in application. Whereas a boom truck is primarily utilized as a lifting device and occasionally for manlift applications, the 
sign crane application is the inverse. It is primarily utilized in manlift applications and occasionally used as a relatively low capacity 
crane. Historically these cranes possessed maximum lifting capacities of three tons and working heights to 140 feet. Only recently has 
a sign crane been introduced with a maximum capacity of 12 tons. As the primary application revolves around putting people into the 
air to erect and service signs, the sign crane possesses advanced basket capabilities. Baskets automatically level throughout boom 
movement, and all utilities necessary to perform erection and service work are provided at the basket. These can include weld leads, 
gas, air, water and electricity. It is very common for a sign crane to be utilized for 10 to 15 years. Larger fleet replacements are 
generally at approximately five years.  

Over the last 10 years, there has been significant consolidation among companies erecting and servicing highway signage. Three 
companies now control the large majority of the business. Each possesses several hundred units in its fleet and none has experienced a 
purchase cycle over the last several years. Sales to any of these customers are performed on a direct basis and not through a dealer 
network. Currently, the Company has no contracts to supply sign cranes to any of these three companies.  

The Company offers its sign cranes through a network of dealers who sell to family run and smaller sized businesses. We are not 
aware of any centralized reporting agency that exists to size this industry, but management estimates that it could be around 375 
machines in an average year. This represents a wholesale market of approximately $30 million when the value of the chassis is 
excluded and $55 million when included. The Company believes its market share in this segment is approximately 9%. The market 
has historically been somewhat cyclical fluctuating with general economic conditions. The market for sign cranes was relatively soft 
during the first nine months of 2008, before coming to a near halt in the fourth quarter. The precipitous decrease in demand in the 
fourth quarter was the result of the distress in the financial markets and the resulting diminished liquidity and credit availability along 
with the substantial deterioration in economic condition that followed. The Company expects the market for sign cranes at least for the 
first part of 2009 to be severely depressed, but is responding with product upgrades and increased sales and marketing efforts.  

Trolley Boom Unloader  
A trolley boom unloader is a piece of equipment mounted on a Class 7 or 8 chassis, possessing a straight boom of either fixed length 
or telescopic orientation. Its primary application is the delivery of concrete, precast and masonry supplies to construction sites. 
Product may then be placed at elevated, ground level or subterranean locations at the preference of the construction crews. A trolley 
boom is differentiated from a standard crane in that it possesses an under boom trolley, which serves at the lifting device and travels 
the length of the boom. This feature allows product located very close to the center of rotation to be lifted and unloaded without 
elevating the boom. Time to unload is reduced, and overhead obstructions are minimized. Capacities are sized around single lifts of 
various construction materials and are generally of lower capacity than boom trucks.  

6 

 
This very mature industry was initiated in the 1950’s and to this day, remains the most efficient means to rapidly take product from a 
truck and place it a short distance away from the truck. However, its position in the construction industry has been significantly 
degraded over the last fifteen years by more flexible complementary equipment including articulating cranes and portable fork lifts.  

Sales to this industry occur through a mature distribution network. Regional bias for the product makes it attractive in the Midwest and 
Northeast. The Company estimates that in a normal year, the total annual market for the trolley boom unloaders is between 100 and 
175 units with revenues between $4 and 7 million. The Company and one competitor have historically split the market for trolley 
boom unloaders. The demand for trolley boom unloaders was very low in 2007 and 2008 due to the slump in residential housing 
construction. The Company’s sales were further impacted as the contract manufacturer that produced trolley boom unloaders for the 
Company went out of business in 2007. The Company had the technical and production capability to produce unloaders in its 
Georgetown facility, but did not begin to ship unloaders built in Georgetown until the third quarter of 2008. As a result, trolley boom 
unloader sales in 2008 were less than $0.5 million. The Company expects to regain the market share lost due to the disruption of 
supply over time when the market recovers. The trolley boom unloaders market is not expected to recover until new housing 
construction improves dramatically, which is not expected to happen in 2009.  

Rough Terrain Forklifts  
Manitex Liftking manufactures a complete range of straight mast forklifts with capacities from 6,000 to 50,000 lbs. and lift heights 
from 10 to 32 feet. All Manitex Liftking straight mast forklifts feature exceptional ground clearance, easy access to service points, 
ergonomic controls and easy operation. Manitex Liftking also produces a series of tag along forklifts that mount to trucks with lifting 
capacity ranging from 4,000 to 6,000 pounds. These mounted forklifts are ideal for bricklaying, landscaping, construction or any other 
application that requires a forklift to tag along. The forklifts feature an easy to mount system, which allows an operator to securely 
mount or dismount the forklift quickly.  

Manitex Liftking forklifts includes four rough terrain forklifts, in several configurations, which are sold under the Noble trade name. 
The Noble product line was originally designed and marketed by Caterpillar in 1983 and subsequently through Eagle Pitcher’s dealers. 
Noble has a reputation for providing durable, innovative and high quality products, and as a result, the Noble product has benefited 
from very strong distribution, and has a large installed base giving rise to a healthy after-market parts business. The Noble rough 
terrain forklifts are currently distributed through the Caterpillar dealer network.  

The Company sells its rough terrain forklifts through a network of approximately fifty dealers in the United States and Canada.  

Military Forklifts  
Manitex Liftking military forklifts are used worldwide during both periods of conflict and peace. Manitex Liftking military units are 
working for national militaries including the United States, Canada, and Britain. The Company exported military products (including 
products sold to the U.S.) are sold through the Canadian Commercial Corporation which has direct contracts with various foreign 
(outside of Canada) government agencies. The U.S. Department of Defense alone has hundreds of Manitex Liftking vehicles in the 
Navy, Army and Air Force that they depend on daily. These vehicles range from small shipboard approved forklifts to the biggest 
articulating, rough-terrain forklift in the world.  

Manitex Liftking military forklifts have innovative features that allow them to meet strict military standards and perform in almost any 
terrain. These features include the patented hydraulically removable counterweight that permits aircraft transportability of the forklift 
without exceeding the load limits of the aircraft. The water fording capability of some Manitex Liftking vehicles allow continuous 
operation in water depths of up to 5 feet (1.5 meters), providing true all-terrain operation. The Company believes that these features 
have helped position Manitex Liftking as the product of choice for rough terrain military forklifts.  

All of Manitex Liftking’s shipboard approved vehicles are structurally engineered to withstand a depth charge explosion while on an 
aircraft carrier, and still be fully operational. The detachable mast and 2-piece operator’s cab on some of Manitex Liftking’s bigger 
vehicles allow easy disassembly to satisfy height restrictions while being transported by road or rail. Attachments such as fork rollers 
and standard ISO container handlers further increase the versatility of a Manitex Liftking forklift.  

Manitex Liftking’s forklifts are built to exacting military standards including compliance with the quality controls required by ISO 
9001. Before being shipped each machine is thoroughly tested on a military approved endurance track located adjacent to Manitex 
Liftking’s military vehicle manufacturing plant. There are a limited number of test tracks in North America, and having a military 
approved test track is an advantage.  

The timing of customer orders can be expected to result in fluctuations in revenues from period to period. The expected fluctuations, 
however, are not as dependent on general economic conditions as is our commercial business.  

7 

 
  
  
Mission Oriented Vehicles and Specialized Carriers  
Special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers are designed and built to meet the Company’s unique customer needs and 
requirements. The Company’s specialized lifting equipment has met the particular needs of customers in various industries including 
utility, ship building and steel mill industries. Mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers are sold directly to the end users.  

The transporters, used in ship building, are one example of a specialized carrier built by Manitex Liftking. The ship builder will 
construct a segment of the hull on our transporter. When the section of the hull is complete, the ship builder will move the section to 
the already completed portion of the hull and attach it. Manitex Liftking has built transporters capable of transporting 300,000 pounds.  

Part Sales  
The Lifting Equipment segment supplies repair and replacement parts for all of its products. The parts business margins are higher 
than our overall margins and accounts for approximately 16% of our revenues.  

Equipment Distribution Segment  
The Company acquired its Equipment Distribution segment in October of 2008 with the acquisition of substantially all the assets of 
Crane. The Equipment Distribution segment located in Bridgeview, Illinois is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes, 
Fuchs material handlers, Manitex boom trucks and sky cranes. The Equipment Distribution segment sells its products predominately 
to end users, including the rental market. Its products are used primarily for infrastructure development and commercial construction, 
and its applications include road and bridge construction, general contracting, roofing, scrap handling and sign construction and 
maintenance. The Equipment Distribution segment supplies repair parts for a wide variety of medium to heavy duty construction 
equipment and sell both domestically and internationally. The segment also provides repair services in the Chicago area. Revenues 
attributable to the Company’s Equipment Distribution segment were less than 10% of the Company’s total revenues for fiscal year 
2008.  

Total Company Revenues by Sources  
The sources of the Company’s revenues are summarized below:  

Boom trucks ..................................................................................................................
Sign cranes ....................................................................................................................
Trolley boom unloaders.................................................................................................
Rough terrain forklifts ...................................................................................................
Military forklifts............................................................................................................
Mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers........................................................
Rough terrain & truck cranes ........................................................................................
Part sales........................................................................................................................

Total Revenue......................................................................................................

2008  

65% 
3% 
0% 
11% 
2% 
1% 
2% 
16% 
100% 

2007  

2006  
62%  
78%
4%  
6%
1%  
3%
1%
8%  
8%   —    
2%   —    
  —    
12%

15%  

  —    

100%  

100%

Cropac Equipment, Inc., Craneworks, Inc., and Allied Crane & Machinery accounted for 11%, 10%, and 10%, respectively, of the 
Company’s revenue in 2008. In 2007, no customers accounted for 10% or greater of the Company’s revenue. Two customers, H&E 
Equipment and Acme Lift accounted for 14% and 11% respectively, of the Company’s 2006 revenue.  

8 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Raw Materials  
The Company both purchases and fabricates components used in production. Our Manitex subsidiary fabricates cranes which are 
mounted on truck chassis, which are either purchased by the Company or supplied by the customer. The Company purchases steel and 
a variety of machined parts and subassemblies including weldments, cylinders, winches, and cables. Manitex Liftking builds rough 
terrain forklifts, and other specialized carriers. Manitex Liftking fabricates its own cylinders, masts, and frames using quality steel and 
the most modern technology. Manitex Liftking purchases engines, transmissions, axles, tires and rims.  

Lead times for our components vary from several weeks to many months. The Company is vulnerable to an interruption of supply in 
instances when only one supplier has been qualified and qualification and supply source changes can exceed a year. The Company has 
been working on qualifying secondary sources to assure supply and to reduce costs. The degree to which our supply base can respond 
to changes in market demand directly affects our ability to increase production and the Company attempts to maintain some additional 
inventory in order to react to unexpected increases in demand. In 2008 and 2007, there were no significant shortages of raw materials 
that adversely affected production although in 2008 supply shortages did lead to increased prices for certain steel grades. The 
Company, however, has had its production in the past constrained at times by the ability of its weldments supplier to deliver sufficient 
quantities when needed.  

Patents and Trademarks  
The Company protects its trade names and trademarks through registration. Its technology consists of bill of materials, drawings, 
plans, vendor sources and specifications and although the Company’s technology has considerable value, it does not generally have 
patent protection. Competitors will occasionally patent a unique feature; however, the broader technology does not have patent 
protection. The Company has (on rare occasions) filed for patent protection on a specific feature. In the future, the Company will 
consider seeking patent protection on any new design features believed to present a significant future benefit.  

The Company owns and uses several trademarks relating to its brands that have significant value and are instrumental to the 
Company’s ability to market its products. The Company’s most significant trademarks are its mark “Manitex” (presently registered 
with the United States Patent and Trademark Office until 2017), and its mark “LIFTKING” (presently registered with the Canadian 
Intellectual Property Office until 2009). The Manitex and LiftKing trademarks are critically important to the marketing and operation 
of the Company’s business, as a significant number of our products are sold under those names. The use of the trade name “Noble” is 
also important to the Company’s business. Although the Company does not own the Noble trade name, it has the right to use the 
Noble name in connection with its rough terrain forklift product line.  

Seasonality  
Traditionally, the Company’s peak selling periods for cranes and commercial rough terrain forklifts are in the first half of a calendar 
year as a result of the need to have new equipment available for the spring, summer and fall construction seasons. The boom truck 
industry operated at full capacity during 2006 and operated at near full capacity again in 2007. Seasonality is reduced when the 
industry is operating at full capacity. The Company did not see a significant seasonal effect in 2008. The effect of the distress in the 
financial markets that occurred in late 2008 resulted in dramatically diminished liquidity and credit availability as well as the 
substantial deterioration in economic conditions in the United States and throughout the world. This financial crisis has resulted in a 
precipitous decrease in demand for our products going into 2009. The present economic state makes historical seasonality trends for 
2009 of limited value.  

The Lifting Equipment segment’s military, special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers business is dependent on the 
receipt of customers’ orders. The timing of customer orders can be expected to result in fluctuations in revenues from period to period. 
The expected fluctuations, however, are not of a seasonal nature.  

Sales of cranes from the Equipment Distribution segment mirror the seasonality of the overall Company. However, the sale of parts is 
much less seasonal given the geographic breadth of the customer base. Crane repairs are performed by the Equipment Distribution 
segment throughout the year but are somewhat affected by the slowdown in construction activity during the typically harsh winters in 
the Midwestern United States.  

Competition  
Lifting Equipment Segment  
The market for the Company’s cranes and commercial rough terrain forklifts is highly competitive. The Company competes based on 
product design, quality of products and services, product performance, maintenance costs and price. Several competitors have greater 
financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than we do. The Company believes that it effectively competes with its 
competitors. An increasing market share for our crane products strongly supports this conclusion.  

9 

 
  
Military forklifts, special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers are highly engineered products and, therefore, only face 
limited competition.  

The Company’s boom cranes compete with cranes manufactured by National Crane, Terex, Weldco Beales, Elliott and Altec. The 
Company’s sky cranes compete with cranes manufactured by Elliott, Wilke, and Radocy. Steel Master, with 50% of the market, is the 
only major competitor that produces trolley boom unloaders.  

The Company competes with Linamar, Sellick, Harlo, Manitou, Mastercraft, and Load Lifter in selling rough terrain forklifts.  

Equipment Distribution Segment  
Our Equipment Distribution segment has a dealership arrangement with Terex and must compete against dealers of other rough terrain 
and truck crane manufacturers such as Imperial Crane (Tadano) and Walter Payton Power (Grove) who operate in the same 
geographic market in and around Chicago. The same dynamic holds true in selling Manitex boom trucks which are part of our Lifting 
Equipment segment. The Equipment Distribution segment competes against Runnion Equipment (dealer for National Crane), Power 
Equipment Leasing (dealer for Elliott) and Guiffre Cranes (dealer for Terex boom trucks). Runnion is also authorized to sell Manitex 
boom trucks.  

While no geographic limitations exist regarding the Equipment Distribution segment’s ability to sell cranes internationally, the lack of 
any barriers to entry and the heavy use of the Internet make this a highly active and competitive market in which to distribute cranes.  

Competition for our Distribution Equipment Segment’s repair business is even more intense since it is limited geographically due to 
the necessity of having physical access to the cranes. Most of the above referenced companies also compete in this aspect of the 
business, as do other types of crane and equipment dealers from nearby areas such as Indiana or Wisconsin.  

Parts sales from the Equipment Distribution segment are global in scope and benefit greatly from the Internet and the tenure and 
expertise of our employees. While competition in this area is almost limitless, the breadth of the products offered and the segment’s 
long history in this part of the business is we believe a competitive advantage.  

The Equipment Distribution segment competes based on the design, quality, and performance of the products it distributes, price and 
the supporting repair and part services that it provides. Several competitors have greater financial, marketing, and distribution 
resources than we do. The Company, however, believes that it effectively competes with its competitors.  

Backlog  
The backlog at December 31, 2008 was approximately $15.7 million, compared to a backlog of approximately $45.1 million at 
December 31, 2007. The Company expects to ship product to fulfill its existing backlog within the next twelve months.  

Research and Development  
The Company spent $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.2 million on company-sponsored research and development activities for 2008, 
2007 and 2006, respectively.  

Geographic Information  
The information regarding revenue, the basis for attributing revenue from external customers to individual countries, and long-lived 
assets is found in “Note 15. Segment Information” to our consolidated financial statements, is hereby incorporated by reference into 
this Part I, Item 1.  

Employees  
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had 190 employees. The Company has not experienced any work stoppages and anticipates 
continued good employee relations. Four employees are currently represented by Automobile Mechanics’ Local 701 or covered by 
collective bargaining agreements. The four employees represented by the Local 701 are mechanics that work in our Equipment 
Distribution segment. A number of our Equipment Distribution segment’s customers in the Chicago metropolitan area mandate union 
mechanics usage for any service / repair jobs.  

Governmental Regulation  
The Company is subject to various governmental regulations, such as environmental regulations, employment and health regulations, 
and safety regulations. We have various internal controls and procedures designed to maintain compliance with these regulations. The 
cost of compliance programs is not material, but is subject to additions to or changes in federal, state or local legislation or changes in 
regulatory implementation or interpretation of government regulations.  

10 

 
  
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS  
You should carefully consider the following risks, together with the cautionary statement under the caption “Forward-Looking 
Statements” and the other information included in this report. The risks described below are not the only ones the Company faces. 
Additional risks that are currently unknown to the Company or that the Company currently considers to be immaterial may also impair 
its business or adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks actually 
occurs, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation could be adversely affected.  

Substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe, have had and may continue to have 
negative effects on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows  
Substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe, have had and may continue to have 
negative effects on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. Economic conditions affect the Company’s sales volumes, 
pricing levels and overall profitability. Demand for many of the Company’s products depends on end-use markets. Challenging 
economic conditions may reduce demand for our products and may also impair the ability of customers to pay for products they have 
purchased. As a result, the Company’s reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs f accounts receivable may increase.  

Deterioration in the credit quality of our customers or the estimated residual value of our equipment could further negatively impact 
the ability of our customers to obtain the resources they need to make purchases of our equipment. Reduced credit availability will 
diminish our customers’ ability to invest in their businesses, refinance maturing debt obligations, and meet ongoing working capital 
needs. . If these customers do not have sufficient access to credit, demand for the Company’s products will likely decline. Reduced 
access to credit and the capital markets will also negatively affect the Company’s ability to invest in strategic growth initiatives such 
as acquisitions.  

The Company may require additional funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.  
Our future capital requirements will depend on the amount of cash generated or required by our current operations, as well as 
additional funds which may be needed to finance future acquisitions. Future cash needs are subject to substantial uncertainty.  

We cannot guarantee that adequate funds will be available when needed, and if we do not receive sufficient capital, we may be 
required to alter or reduce the scope of our operations or to forego making future acquisitions. If we raise additional funds by issuing 
equity securities, existing stockholders may be diluted.  

The Company’s business is sensitive to increases in interest rates.  
The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable 
rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate.  

If interest rates rise, it becomes more costly for the Company’s customers to borrow money to pay for the equipment they buy from 
the Company. Should the U. S. Federal Reserve Board decide to increase rates, prospects for business investment and manufacturing 
could deteriorate sufficiently and impact sales opportunities.  

The Company’s business is sensitive to government spending.  
Many of the Company’s customers depend substantially on government spending, including highway construction and maintenance 
and other infrastructure projects by U.S. federal and state governments and governments in other nations. Any decrease or delay in 
government funding of highway construction and maintenance, other infrastructure projects could cause the Company’s revenues and 
profits to decrease.  

The Company’s business is affected by the cyclical nature of its markets.  
The demand for the Company’s products depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the Company 
competes. The Company’s sales depend in part upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions, 
including a decrease in commodity prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing 
machinery. Downward economic cycles may result in reductions in sales of the Company’s products, which may reduce the 
Company’s profits. The Company has taken a number of steps to reduce its fixed costs and diversify its operations to decrease the 
negative impact of these cycles. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps will prevent the negative impact of poor 
economic conditions.  

11 

 
  
The Company is dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages.  
The Company obtains materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers. Any delay in the Company’s suppliers’ 
abilities to provide the Company with necessary materials and components may affect the Company’s capabilities at a number of our 
manufacturing locations, or may require the Company to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from 
a number of factors affecting the Company’s suppliers including capacity constraints, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition 
of a particular supplier, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, weather emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Any delay in 
receiving supplies could impair the Company’s ability to deliver products to customers and, accordingly, could have a material 
adverse effect on business, results of operations and financial condition.  

In addition, the Company purchases material and services from suppliers on extended terms based on the Company’s overall credit 
rating. Negative changes in the Company’s credit rating may impact suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and increase the cash 
requirements of the business.  

Price increases in some materials could affect our profitability.  
We use large amounts of steel and other items in the manufacture of our products. Recently, market prices of some of our key raw 
materials have increased significantly. We have experienced significant increases in material costs including steel, which have 
increased our expenses. If we are not able to reduce product cost in other areas or pass future raw material price increases on to our 
customers, our margins could be adversely affected.  

The Company depends on its computer systems. If its computer systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be 
disruptive and or adversely affect the operations and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to 
report accurate and timely financial results.  
The Company depends on it computer systems. If its computer systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive 
and or adversely affect the operations and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to report 
accurate and timely financial results. In the future, the Company may either install new releases for existing applications or replace 
existing systems. Systems implementations projects are often not successful. Even when projects are ultimately successful, the 
projects often require higher than anticipated financial and personal resources. In the future, should systems not be implemented 
successfully and within budget, or if the systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect 
the operations and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to report accurate and timely financial 
results.  

The Company’s level of indebtedness reduces financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.  
As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s total debt was $28.1 million, which includes: lines of credit, notes payable, and capital lease 
obligations.  

Our level of debt affects our operations in several important ways, including the following:  

• 

• 

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations is likely to be dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest 
on our indebtedness;  
our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be 
limited;  

•  we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;  
• 
•  we may be unable to obtain additional loans as a result of covenants and agreements with existing debt holders.  

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments; and  

The Company has debt outstanding and must comply with restrictive covenants in its debt agreements.  
The Company’s existing debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants which may limit its ability to, among other things, 
borrow additional money, make capital expenditures, pay dividends, dispose of assets and acquire new businesses. These covenants 
also require the Company to meet certain financial tests. The Company is currently in compliance with all active covenants. A default, 
if not waived by the Company’s lenders, could result in acceleration of the Company’s debt and possibly bankruptcy.  

12 

 
  
Certain of the Company’s products are substantially dependent on the level of capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry and 
lower capital expenditures will adversely affect the results of the Company’s operations.  
The demand for our product in part depends on the condition of the oil and gas industry and, in particular, on the capital expenditures 
of companies engaged in the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas. Capital expenditures by these companies 
are influenced by the following factors:  

• 

the oil and gas industry’s ability to economically justify placing discoveries of oil and gas reserves in production;  
the oil and gas industry’s need to clear all structures from the lease once the oil and gas reserves have been depleted;  

• 

• 

• 
•  weather events, such as major tropical storms;  
current and projected oil and gas prices;  
• 
the abilities of oil and gas companies to generate, access and deploy capital;  
exploration, production and transportation costs;  
the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;  
the sale and expiration dates of oil and gas leases and concessions;  
local and international political and economic conditions;  
the ability or willingness of host country government entities to fund their budgetary commitments; and  
technological advances.  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Historically, prices of oil and natural gas and exploration, development and production have fluctuated substantially. A sustained 
period of substantially reduced capital expenditures by oil and gas companies will result in decreased demand for certain equipment 
produced by the Company, low margins, and possibly net losses.  

The Company may face limitations on its ability to integrate acquired businesses.  
The Company has completed four acquisitions since 2006. The successful integration of new businesses depends on the Company’s 
ability to manage these new businesses and cut excess costs. While the Company believes it has successfully integrated these 
acquisitions to date, the Company cannot ensure that these acquired companies will operate profitably or that the intended beneficial 
effect from these acquisitions will be realized.  

If the Company is unable to manage anticipated growth effectively, the business could be harmed.  
If the Company fails to manage growth, the Company’s financial results and business prospects may be harmed. To manage the 
Company’s growth and to execute its business plan efficiently, the Company will need to institute operational, financial and 
management controls, as well as reporting systems and procedures. The Company also must effectively expand, train and manage its 
employee base. The Company cannot assure you that it will be successful in any of these endeavors.  

The Company relies on key management.  
The Company relies on the management and leadership skills of David Langevin, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. When 
Mr. Langevin joined the Company, he signed a three year employment agreement with the Company which expired on December 31, 
2008. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Langevin’s employment term automatically extends for successive periods of one year 
unless either the Company or Mr. Langevin gives written notice to the other party of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the end of 
the then current employment term. As such, Mr. Langevin’s employment agreement has been extended until December 31, 2009. The 
loss of his services could have a significant and negative impact on the Company’s business. In addition, the Company relies on the 
management and leadership skills of other senior executives. Some of these executives do not have employment or non-compete 
agreements with the Company. The Company could be harmed by the loss of key personnel in the future.  

13 

 
The Company’s success depends upon the continued protection of its trademarks and the Company may be forced to incur 
substantial costs to maintain, defend, protect and enforce its intellectual property rights.  
The Company’s registered and common law trademarks, as well as certain of the Company’s licensed trademarks, have significant 
value and are instrumental to the Company’s ability to market its products. The Company’s mark “Manitex” and its mark “Liftking” 
are important to the Company’s business as the majority of the Company’s products are sold under those names. The Company has 
not registered all of its trademarks in the United States nor in the foreign countries where it does business. The Company cannot 
assure you that third parties will not assert claims against any such intellectual property or that the Company will be able to 
successfully resolve all such claims. If the Company has to change the names of any of its products, it may experience a loss of 
goodwill associated with its brand names, customer confusion and a loss of sales.  

In addition, international protection of the Company’s intellectual property may not be available in some foreign countries to the same 
extent permitted by the laws of the United States. The Company could also incur substantial costs to defend legal actions relating to 
use of its intellectual property, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or 
financial condition.  

The Company may be unable to effectively respond to technological change, which could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s results of operations and business.  
The markets served by the Company are not historically characterized by rapidly changing technology. Nevertheless, the Company’s 
future success will depend in part upon the Company’s ability to enhance its current products and to develop and introduce new 
products. If the Company fails to anticipate or respond adequately to competitors’ product improvements and new production 
introductions, future results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.  

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and the Company is particularly subject to the risks of such competition.  
The Company competes in a highly competitive industry and the competition which the Company encounters has an effect on its 
product prices, market share, revenues and profitability. Because certain competitors have substantially greater financial, production, 
research and development resources and substantially greater name recognition than the Company, the Company is particularly 
subject to the risks inherent in competing with them and may be put at a competitive disadvantage. To compete successfully, the 
Company’s products must excel in terms of quality, price, product line, ease of use, safety and comfort, and the Company must also 
provide excellent customer service. The greater financial resources of the Company’s competitors may put it at a competitive 
disadvantage. If competition in the Company’s industry intensifies or if the Company’s current competitors enhance their products or 
lower their prices for competing products, the Company may lose sales or be required to lower its prices. This may reduce revenue 
from the Company’s products and services, lower its gross margins or cause the Company to lose market share. The Company may 
not be able to differentiate our products from those of competitors, successfully develop or introduce less costly products, offer better 
performance than competitors or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered 
by competitors.  

The Company faces product liability claims and other liabilities due to the nature of its business.  
In the Company’s lines of business numerous suits have been filed alleging damages for accidents that have occurred during the use or 
operation of the Company’s products. The Company is self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well 
as for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage is obtained for 
catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. The Company does not believe that the final 
outcome of such matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position; however any liabilities not covered 
by insurance could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.  

We are subject to currency fluctuations.  
Our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars and Canadian dollars while costs incurred to generate revenues are only partly incurred in 
the same currencies. In addition, we have a note payable for approximately $1.8 million Canadian dollars. Changes in currency 
exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our earnings.  

14 

 
  
We engage in hedging activities to mitigate the impact of the translation of foreign currencies on our financial results. Our hedging 
activities are designed to reduce and delay, but not to eliminate, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. Factors that could affect 
the effectiveness of our hedging activities include accuracy of sales forecasts, volatility of currency markets, and the availability of 
hedging instruments. Since the hedging activities are designed to reduce volatility, they not only reduce the negative impact of a 
weaker U.S. dollar, but they also reduce the positive impact of a stronger U.S. dollar. Our future financial results could be 
significantly affected by the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the foreign currencies in which we conduct business. The degree to 
which our financial results are affected for any given time period will depend in part upon our hedging activities. There can be no 
assurance that our hedging activities will have the desired beneficial impact on our financial condition or results of operations. 
Moreover, no hedging activity can completely insulate us from the risks associated with changes in currency exchange rates.  

Risks Relating to our Common Stock  
The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors hold a significant percentage of the Company’s common 
stock, and these shareholders may take actions that may be adverse to your interests.  
The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 30% of the 
Company’s common stock as of March 3, 2009. As a result, these shareholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence 
all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and approval of significant corporate 
transactions such as mergers, consolidations, sales and purchases of assets. They also could dictate the management of the Company’s 
business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or 
impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination, which could cause the market price of our common stock 
to fall or prevent you from receiving a premium in such a transaction.  

The cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may negatively impact the Company’s income.  
The Company is subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC, including those rules and regulations mandated by the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires all reporting companies to include in their annual report a 
statement of management’s responsibilities for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, 
together with an assessment of the effectiveness of those internal controls. The costs to comply with these requirements will likely be 
significant and may adversely affect our operating results. Section 404 further requires that the reporting company’s independent 
auditors attest to, and report on, this management assessment. The Company is not yet subject to the auditor attestation requirement of 
Section 404; however, the Company expects its expenses related to its internal and external auditors to be significant. If we fail to 
maintain a system of adequate controls, it could have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.  

The price of our common stock is highly volatile.  
The trading price of the Company’s common stock is highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to 
various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the degree to which the Company successfully implements its business strategy;  
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly or annual operating results;  
changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of the Company’s revenues or operating 
results;  
failure to meet expectations of industry analysts;  
speculation in the press or investment community;  
strategic actions by the Company’s competitors;  
announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or competitors; and  
changes in business conditions affecting the Company and its customers.  

The market prices of securities of companies without consistent earnings have been highly volatile. This volatility has often been 
unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a 
company’s securities, class action litigation has often been brought against the company. If a securities class action suit is filed against 
us, whether or not meritorious, we would incur substantial legal fees and our management’s attention and resources would be diverted 
from operating our business in order to respond to the litigation.  

15 

 
Future sales of the Company’s common stock by existing shareholders in the public market, or the possibility or perception of such 
sales, could depress the Company’s stock price.  
Sales of a large number of shares of the Company’s common stock, or the availability of a large number of shares for sale, could 
adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock and could impair the Company’s ability to raise funds in additional 
stock offerings. Approximately 10,418,375 of the Company’s shares are eligible for sale in the public market, approximately 
1,545,152 of which are subject to applicable volume limitations and other restrictions set forth in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  

Provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Amended and Restated 
Bylaws, and Rights Agreement may discourage or prevent a takeover of the Company.  
Provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, Michigan law, and the Rights Agreement, 
dated October 17, 2008, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent, could make it 
more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to you. These provisions 
could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s shares. Because of these 
provisions, you might not be able to receive a premium on your investment. These provisions:  

• 

• 

• 

authorize the Company’s Board of Directors, with approval by a majority of its independent Directors but without requiring 
shareholder consent, to issue shares of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by the Company’s Board of 
Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and prevent a takeover attempt;  
limit our shareholders’ ability to call a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders;  
limit the Company’s shareholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the Company bylaws;  

•  may result in the issuance of preferred stock, which would significantly dilute the stock ownership percentage of certain 

shareholders and make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting stock; 
and  
restrict business combinations with certain shareholders.  

• 

The provisions described above could prevent, delay or defer a change in control of the Company or its management.  

The NASDAQ Capital Markets may cease to list our Common Stock which may cause the value of an investment in us to 
substantially decrease.  
We may be unable to meet the listing requirements of the Capital Markets of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) in the 
future. To maintain a listing on the Capital Markets, a listed security must maintain a daily closing bid price per share of $1.00 and the 
market value of publicly held shares for such security must be greater than $5 million. If the closing bid price per share of a listed 
security stays below $1.00 or the market value of publicly held shares stays below $5 million for 30 consecutive trading days, a 
company will have a certain period of time to regain compliance or the listed security will be subject to delisting. For the closing bid 
price requirement, a company has 180 days to regain compliance and for the minimum market value of publicly held shares 
requirement, a company has 90 days to regain compliance. The daily bid price of our Common Stock has been less than $1.00 per 
share since February 20, 2009. The market value of publicly held shares of our Common Stock has been less than $5 million since 
March 3, 2009.  

Although the Company’s closing stock price and the market value of publicly held shares are or have been under the minimum 
NASDAQ requirements recently, they have not yet been under the minimum NASDAQ requirements for 30 consecutive trading days. 
As such, the Company is currently in compliance with the NASDAQ requirements. If our stock price remains under $1.00 or our 
market value of publicly held shares is below $5 million for 30 consecutive trading days, the Company would be out of compliance 
with the NASDAQ listing requirements.  

On October 16, 2008, NASDAQ implemented a temporary suspension of the rules requiring, among other things, a minimum $1.00 
closing bid price and a $5 million minimum market value of publicly held shares. On March 23, 2009, NASDAQ extended this 
suspension until July 20, 2009. NASDAQ may further extend the suspension of the rules. If the Company is not in compliance when 
the NASDAQ lifts its temporary suspension of the listing requirements and if we are not able regain compliance in specified periods, 
the Company’s Common Stock may be delisted from NASDAQ.  

If our Common Stock is delisted, there may be a limited market for our common stock, trading in the shares of the delisted common 
stock may become more difficult and the share price for our delisted Common Stock could decrease even further. Our common stock 
if not listed on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange, may cause potential investors to be prohibited from or less likely to 
purchase our Common Stock. Such delisting could also adversely affect our ability to obtain financing for the continuation of our 
operations.  

16 

 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  
None  

PROPERTIES  

ITEM 2. 
The Company’s executive suites are located at 7402 W. 100th Place, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. The Company has three principal 
operating plants. The Company builds boom cranes, sign cranes and trolley boom unloaders in its 188,000 square foot leased facility 
located in Georgetown, Texas. The Company builds rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other 
specialized carriers in its 85,000 square foot leased facility located in Woodbridge, Ontario. The Company builds indoor forklifts and 
operates its crane distribution business in 86,000 square feet leased facility located in Bridgeview, Illinois. The Company’s executive 
offices are also located in this facility.  
The Company believes that its facilities are suitable for its business and will be adequate to meet our current needs.  

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have 
arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self insurance retention that ranges from 
fifty thousand to $1 million. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost 
to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse 
effect on the Company. When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s 
liability with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of 
estimates when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur.  

ITEM 4. 
No matter was submitted for a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.  

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS  

17 

 
  
PART II  

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Market for the Company’s Common Stock  
On May 28, 2008, the Company’s common stock was listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market trading under the symbol MNTX. Prior to 
that date, the Company’s common stock was listed on the NYSE Euronext (formerly known as the American Stock Exchange). The 
following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of the common stock for the fiscal periods indicated, as reported on The 
Nasdaq Capital Market and the NYSE Euronext, as applicable:  

Price Range of Common Stock  

2008 
First Quarter........................................................................................................................... $ 
Second Quarter ......................................................................................................................
Third Quarter .........................................................................................................................
Fourth Quarter ....................................................................................................................... $ 

High  

Low  

6.05  $ 
5.99 
5.15 
3.40  $ 

4.00 
3.55 
2.79 
0.63 

2007 
First Quarter........................................................................................................................... $ 
Second Quarter ......................................................................................................................
Third Quarter .........................................................................................................................
Fourth Quarter ....................................................................................................................... $ 

High  

Low  

6.65  $ 
8.31 
8.03 
7.40  $ 

5.37 
6.50 
6.24 
5.88 

Number of Common Stockholders  
As of March 03, 2009, there were 51 record holders of the Company’s common stock.  

Dividends  
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company did not declare or pay any cash dividends on its 
common stock and the Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the terms of our 
credit facility do not allow us to declare or pay dividends without the prior written consent of the lender.  

Performance Graph  
The following stock performance graph is intended to show our stock performance compared with that of comparable companies. The 
stock performance graph shows the change in market value of ten thousand dollars invested in our Common Stock, the Russell 2000 
Index and a peer group of comparable companies (Construction Equipment Index) for the period commencing February 14, 2005 (the 
date of our initial public offering) through December 31, 2008. The cumulative total stockholder return of the peer group assumes 
dividends are reinvested. The stockholder return shown on the graph below is not indicative of future performance.  

The Construction Equipment Index consists of the following companies, which are in similar lines of business to Manitex 
International Inc. Lindsay Corporation, Gencor Industries Inc., and Alamo Group, Inc., Cascade Corporation, and Wabash National, 
Corporation. The Peer Group Index approximates Manitex’s International, Inc. peer group in range of products provided, target 
industries and market capitalization in 2005.  

In 2008, Manitex International adopted a new peer group for performance comparisons. During 2008, two of the previous peer group 
members (ASV, Inc., and Gehl Company) were acquired by other organizations, thus are no longer separately traded. The Company 
selected Cascade Corporation (CAE) and Wabash National Corporation (WNC) to replace the acquired enterprises. The remaining 
peers, which were historically used for peer group comparisons, are Lindsay Corporation, Gencor Industries and Alamo Group, Inc.  

18 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN  
Based upon an initial investment of $10,000 on February 14, 2005  
with dividends reinvested  

Manitex International, Inc................................. $ 
Russell 2000 Index............................................ $ 
Construction Equipment (5 stocks)................... $ 

February 14, 
2005  
10,000 
10,000 
10,000 

December 31, 
2005  

December 31, 
2006  

$ 
$ 
$ 

9,833 
10,602 
9,709 

$ 
$ 
$ 

9,033   $ 
12,404   $ 
11,712   $ 

December 31, 
2007  
10,117 
12,174 
13,272 

$ 
$ 
$ 

December 31, 
2008  

1,700 
7,865 
7,766 

19 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report.  

The Company implemented a 300-for-1 stock split with respect to its shareholders of record on July 21, 2004, which resulted in the 
Company having 3,000,000 shares issued and outstanding on such date. The Company implemented a 1-for-3.730879244 reverse 
stock split to its shareholders of record on February 7, 2005, which resulted in the Company having 804,100 shares issued and 
outstanding on such date. All share and per share amounts have been restated to retroactively reflect the stock splits for all periods.  

The Company saw significant strategic change in 2006 and 2007. In fiscal 2006, we completed two acquisitions that introduced boom 
trucks, sign cranes and lifting equipment into our operations as a second business segment. Effective July 3, 2006, the Company 
completed the purchase of Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex subsidiary”) via an acquisition of all of the membership interests in Quantum 
Value Management, LLC (an entity owned by certain stockholders of the Company). On November 30, 2006, the Company, through 
its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability corporation (“Manitex Liftking”), completed the 
acquisition (the “Liftking Acquisition”) of all of the operating assets of Liftking Industries, Inc., an Ontario, Canada corporation 
(“Liftking”). On July 31, 2007, the Company further expanded its Lifting Equipment segment by purchasing of the Noble Forklift 
product line. The results for the acquisitions have been included from their respective date of the acquisition.  

Against the background of the operating losses generated in recent history by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operations 
based at Wixom, Michigan, the Company conducted a strategic review of these operations. On March 29, 2007, our Board of 
Directors approved a plan to sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s operating assets including its inventory, machinery, 
equipments and patents. As a result, our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment has been accounted for as a discontinued operation 
starting with the first quarter of 2007 until its disposition. On July 5, 2007, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement 
with EuroMaint Industry, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“EuroMaint”). Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the 
Company agreed to sell and EuroMaint agreed to purchase certain assets of the Company used in connection with the Company’s 
diesel engine testing equipment business. EuroMaint also assumed and agreed to pay, perform and discharge when due certain 
obligations of the Company arising in connection with the operation of the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment business. In 
addition to the assumption of those certain assumed liabilities, EuroMaint agreed to pay to the Company the aggregate purchase price 
of $1.1 million. This transaction was completed on August 1, 2007. As of August 31, 2007, all operations of the Company’s Testing & 
Assembly Equipment segment had ceased. The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operated from a leased facility. The lease 
termination date for this facility was August 31, 2007. The below financial data for the years 2004 to 2008present the former 
Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued operation. See Note 4 in the consolidated financial statements for further 
details.  

20 

 
On October 6, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff Lift Truck Inc. (“Schaeff”) 
and Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane”) from GT Distribution, LLC (“GT”) (an entity in which Mr. Langevin, our Chairman and 
CEO, had 38.8% membership interest). Schaeff, which produces a line of stand-up electric forklifts, further expands the Lifting 
Equipment segment. Crane is a Chicago area based distributor of Terex and Manitex cranes and is a separate new segment, entitled 
Equipment Distribution.  

Continuing operations: 

Revenues ............................................................ $ 
Earnings (Loss) from operations ........................
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations 

before income taxes .......................................
Provision (benefit) for taxes on income (1)........
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations..

Discontinued operations: 

Earning (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net ..................................................................

Gain (loss) on sale or closure of discontinued 

operations, net of income tax.........................
Net earning (loss) ............................................... $ 

Basic earning (loss) per share:  

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations........ $ 
Earning (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of income taxes ........................................ $ 

Gain (loss) on sales or closure of discontinued 

operations, net of income taxes ..................... $ 
Net earnings (loss).............................................. $ 

Diluted earning (loss) per share: 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations........ $ 
Earning (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of income taxes ........................................ $ 

Gain (loss) on sales or closure of discontinued 

operations, net of income taxes ..................... $ 
Net earnings (loss).............................................. $ 

Shares used to calculate earnings per share: 

2008 (1)  

AS OF OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
2005 (1)  

2006 (1)  

2007 (1)  

106,341  $ 
3,408 

106,946  $ 
6,353 

40,676   $ 
1,159    

—    $ 
(584)

1,392 
(407)
1,799 

2,289 
163 
2,126 

(786)
(239)
(547)

(429)
(142)
(287)

2004 (1)  

—   
(248)

(248)
(84)
(164)

199 

(1,122)

(8,342)

(1,965)

(3,290)

200 
2,198  $ 

(48)
956  $ 

—      
(8,889) $ 

—   
(2,252) $ 

—   
(3,454)

0.18  $ 

0.25  $ 

(0.10) $ 

(0.07) $ 

(0.20)

0.02  $ 

(0.13) $ 

(1.56) $ 

(0.45) $ 

(4.09)

0.02  $ 
0.22  $ 

(0.01) $ 
0.11  $ 

—     $ 
(1.66) $ 

—    $ 
(0.52) $ 

—   
(4.30)

0.17  $ 

0.23  $ 

(0.10) $ 

(0.07) $ 

(0.20)

0.02  $ 

(0.12) $ 

(1.56) $ 

(0.45) $ 

(4.09)

0.02  $ 
0.21  $ 

(0.01) $ 
0.10  $ 

—     $ 
(1.66) $ 

—    $ 
(0.52) $ 

—   
(4.30)

Basic...................................................................
Diluted................................................................

10,071,585 
10,375,062 

8,557,095 
9,214,407 

5,346,225    
5,346,225    

4,339,649 
4,339,649 

804,100 
804,100 

Total assets: 

Continuing operations ........................................ $ 
Discontinued operations .....................................
Total assets ......................................................... $ 

Total debt: 

Continuing operations ........................................ $ 
Discontinued operations .....................................
Total debt............................................................ $ 
Total shareholders’ equity............................................ $ 

86,228  $ 
—   
86,228  $ 

28,061  $ 
—   
28,061  $ 
35,014  $ 

80,003  $ 
172 
80,175  $ 

24,994  $ 
—   
24,994  $ 
30,686  $ 

82,114   $ 
1,730    
83,844   $ 

36,980   $ 
—      
36,980   $ 
18,440   $ 

5,131  $ 
12,096 
17,227  $ 

2,455 
9,430 
11,885 

—    $ 
—   
—    $ 
16,171  $ 

—   
14,135 
14,135 
(3,809)

(1)  The financial data for the years 2004 to 2008 presents the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued 

operation.  

21 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS  

The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of continuing operations should be read in 
conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and notes, and other information included elsewhere in this Report.  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  
When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking 
statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements and are based upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We 
use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward—looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K include, without limitation: (1) projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, 
(2) statements of our plans and objectives, (3) statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations, 
(4) statements of expected future economic performance and (5) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.  

It is important to note that our actual results could differ materially from those included in such forward-looking statements due to a 
variety of factors including: (1) substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe; (2) our 
customers’ diminished liquidity and credit availability; (3) difficulties in implementing new systems, integrating acquired businesses, 
managing anticipated growth, and responding to technological change; (4) our ability to negotiate extensions of our credit agreements 
and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed; (5) the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; (6) increases in 
interest rates; (7) government spending; fluctuations in the construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry; 
(8) the performance of our competitors; (9) shortages in supplies and raw materials or the increase in costs of materials; (10) our level 
of indebtedness and our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements; (11) product liability claims, intellectual 
property claims, and other liabilities; (12) the volatility of our stock price; (13) future sales of our common stock; (14) the willingness 
of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions; (15) currency transactions (foreign 
exchange) risks and the risk related to forward currency contracts; and (16) certain provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation 
Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, Amended and Restated Bylaws, and the Company’s Preferred Stock 
Purchase Rights may discourage or prevent a change in control of the Company; (17) NASDAQ Capital Markets may cease to list our 
Common Stock; (18) other risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial 
condition or operating results. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking 
information, except as required under applicable law.  

OVERVIEW  
Historically, the Company designed, developed, and built specialty Testing & Assembly Equipment for the automotive and heavy 
equipment industries that identifies defects through the use of signature analysis and in-process verification. In fiscal 2006, the 
Company completed two acquisitions that introduced Lifting Equipment into the Company operations as a second segment of activity. 
Effective July 3, 2006, the Company completed the purchase of Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex subsidiary) via an acquisition of all of the 
membership interests in Quantum Value Management, LLC (an entity owned by certain stockholders). A leading provider of 
engineered lift solutions in North America, the Manitex subsidiary is based in Georgetown, Texas. The Manitex subsidiary designs, 
manufactures, and markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, sign cranes and trolley boom unloaders. Manitex’s boom trucks and 
crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration, and infrastructure development including: roads, bridges 
and commercial construction. On November 30, 2006, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC., 
an Alberta unlimited liability corporation (“Manitex Liftking”) completed the acquisition (the “Liftking Acquisition”) of all of the 
operating assets of Liftking Industries, Inc. an Ontario, Canada corporation (“Liftking”). Manitex Liftking is headquartered in 
Woodbridge (Toronto), Ontario and manufactures a complete line of rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as 
well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters, and steel mill equipment. On July 31, 2007, the Company 
further expanded its Lifting Equipment segment by purchasing the Noble Forklift product line. The Noble product line is comprised of 
four rough terrain forklifts in several configurations, which are being produced in the Company’s existing facilities located in 
Georgetown, Texas and Woodbridge, Ontario. Although the revenues for the Noble product were not significant in 2007 the Company 
believes that the acquisition will allow the Company to increase its market penetration in the future. On October 6, 2008, the Company 
completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff Lift Truck Inc. (“Schaeff”) and Crane & Machinery, Inc. 
(“Crane”) from GT Distribution, LLC. Schaeff, which produces a line of stand-up electric forklifts, further expands the Lifting 
Equipment segment. Crane is a Chicago area based distributor of Terex and Manitex cranes and is a separate new segment, entitled 
Equipment Distribution.  

22 

 
Against the background of the operating losses generated in recent history by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operations 
based at Wixom, Michigan, the Company conducted a strategic review of these operations. In connection with the preparation of our 
2006 year-end financial statements, the Board determined that certain assets used in connection with our Testing & Assembly 
Equipment segment were impaired. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.6 million.  

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan to sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s operating assets 
including its inventory, machinery, equipments and patents. As a result, our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment has been 
accounted for as a discontinued operation starting with the first quarter of 2007 until its disposition. On July 5, 2007 the Company 
entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with EuroMaint Industry, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“EuroMaint”). Under the terms of 
the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to sell and EuroMaint agreed to purchase certain assets of the Company used in 
connection with the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment business. EuroMaint also assumed and agreed to pay, perform and 
discharge when due certain obligations of the Company arising in connection with the operation of the Company’s diesel engine 
testing equipment business. In addition to the assumption of those certain assumed liabilities, EuroMaint agreed to pay to the 
Company the aggregate purchase price of $1.1 million. This transaction was completed on August 1, 2007. As of August 31, 2007, all 
operations of the Company’s Testing & Assembly Equipment segment had ceased. The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment 
operated from a leased facility. The lease termination date for this facility was August 31, 2007.  

As a result of the Company’s decision to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, the results of this operation have been 
reported as a discontinued operation for all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements. As result of discontinuing our 
Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, the Company operated in only a single business segment, Lifting Equipment, until 
October 6, 2008 when the Company acquired Crane. As noted above, Crane is a Chicago area based distributor of Terex and Manitex 
cranes and is a separate new segment, entitled Equipment Distribution.  

The Company, except for our Equipment Distribution segment, derives most of its revenue from purchase orders from dealers and 
distributors. Our Equipment Distribution segment is a distributor, who sells its products principally to the end user.  

Historically, the demand for the Company’s products has depended upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the 
Company competes. The Company’s sales depend in part upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic 
conditions, including a decrease in commodity prices, has caused customers in the past to forego or postpone new purchases in favor 
of repairing existing machinery.  

The distress in the financial markets that occurred in the later part of 2008 is unprecedented. The immediate impact was a dramatic 
decrease in liquidity and credit availability throughout the world. An incredibly rapid and significant deterioration in economic 
conditions, especially in the United States and Europe followed. The deterioration in economic conditions is ongoing and the ultimate 
extent of the current recession and the timing of the recovery is unknown. The actions of the United States and other world 
governments to stimulate the world economy are also unprecedented. The United States stimulus package includes very significant 
appropriations for improving the country’s infrastructure, which could be a significant benefit to the Company. The ultimate success 
of governmental actions and the resulting benefits that the Company may see, however, remain unknown.  

The above described events had an immediate significant adverse impact on the Company, including a very dramatic curtailment of 
new orders, as well as requests to delay delivery and, in some cases, the cancellation of existing orders. Some of our dealers were not 
able to access their existing credits lines which delayed their payments. It appears that our dealers currently have access to their 
existing credit lines or have been able to replace them with new lines. The Company does not currently expect the distress in the credit 
markets to result in the Company incurring any significant uncollectible accounts. The depth and length of the recession is unknown, 
however, and could result in dealers being unable to stay in business. The Company retains a security interest in the cranes it sells in 
the United States until payment is received, which the Company expects will mitigate the financial impact to it of dealers going out of 
business.  

Our backlog as of December 31, 2008, was $15.7 million, a reduction of $29.4 million from the December 31, 2007 backlog of $45.1 
million. Based on a significant reduction in our backlog and anticipating the impact of economic conditions and longer sales cycles, 
we determined that swift management action was necessary to ensure that we balance operating activity with current demand levels. 
Since the end of the third quarter 2008, we have implemented across the board cost reduction activities that we estimate will yield 
approximately $5 million in annual expense reductions. Our expense reductions associated with these actions are expected to range 
between $0.2 million and $0.3 million with $0.1 million recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the remainder to be recognized 
in the first quarter of 2009. The specific actions we took to achieve these cost reductions comprise headcount reductions of salaried 
and hourly employees, virtual elimination of overtime, suspension of additional hires and merit increases, reduction in executive and 
salaried pay, bonus and benefits and the introduction of shortened work weeks. Management determined that these actions, although 
difficult, were required to enable the Company to adjust to current conditions and position us to respond quickly when the market 
recovers. We have increased our focus on several new North American and international sales initiatives and supply chain cost 
reductions, as we rigorously pursue continued market share gains, margin improvement and profitability.  

23 

 
Gross Profit varies from period to period. Factors that affect gross profit include product mix, production levels and cost of raw 
materials. Margins tend to increase when production is skewed towards larger capacity cranes, special mission oriented vehicles, 
specialized carriers and heavy material transports.  

The following table sets forth certain financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006:  

Results of Consolidated Operations  
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
(Thousands of Dollars, except share data)  

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2008 (1)  

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2007 (1)  

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2006 (1)  

Net revenues .................................................................................................................. $ 
Cost of sales ...................................................................................................................

Gross profit................................................................................................

106,341   $ 
88,876    
17,465    

106,946  $ 

87,027 

19,919 

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs ..........................................................................
Restructuring expenses.........................................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expense, including corporate expense of 

$3,042, $3,756; and $1,384 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively ................

Total operating expenses ..........................................................................

Income from continuing operations ........................................................

Other income (expense) 

Interest income .....................................................................................................
Interest expense ....................................................................................................
Foreign currency transaction losses......................................................................
Other income (expense)........................................................................................

Total other expense...................................................................................

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes .........

Provision for taxes on income (benefit) .........................................................................

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations ...............................................

Discontinued operations: 

819    
329    

12,909    
14,057    
3,408    

—      

(1,961)
(99)
44    

(2,016)
1,392    
(407)
1,799    

808 
—   

12,758 

13,566 

6,353 

6 
(3,438)
(751)
119 

(4,064)

2,289 

163 

2,126 

40,676 
34,903 

5,773 

206 
—   

4,408 

4,614 

1,159 

39 
(1,969)
—   
(15)

(1,945)

(786)

(239)

(547)

Earning (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (benefit) of 

$0, $0, and $(1,087) in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively .............................
Gain (loss) on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of income tax $0 
and $0 in 2008 and 2007, respectively ............................................................

Net earning (loss) ...................................................................................... $ 

199    

(1,122)

(8,342)

200    
2,198   $ 

(48)

—   

956  $ 

(8,889)

(1)  The financial data for all years presented reflects the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued 

operation.  

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007  
The results for acquisitions have been included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations from the date of their 
respective acquisition, i.e., July 31, 2007 for the Noble product line acquisition and October 6, 2008 for the Crane and Schaeff 
acquisition. As a result 2008 includes a full year of results for the Noble product line and three months for the Crane and Schaeff 
acquisition. The results for 2007 include results for the Noble product line for five month, although these are not significant.  

Net income (loss)  
The net income of $2.2 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2008 consists of net income from continuing operations of 
$1.8 million, earnings from discontinued operations of $0.2 million and a gain on sale of discontinued operations of $0.2 million. The 
net income of $1.0 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2007 consists of net income from continuing operations of $2.1 
million offset by a loss from discontinued operations of $1.1 million and an expected loss on sale of discontinued operations of $0.05 
million.  

24 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Results of continuing operations  
For the year ended December 31, 2008, net income from continuing operations was $1.8 million, which consists of revenue of $106.3 
million, cost of sales of $88.9 million, research and development costs of $0.8 million, SG&A costs excluding corporate expenses of 
$9.9 million, corporate SG&A expenses of $3.0 million, restructuring expenses of $0.3 million, interest expense of $2.0 million and 
other expense and foreign currency transaction expense of $0.1 million and income tax benefit of $0.4 million.  

For the year ended December 31, 2007, net income from continuing operations was $2.1 million, which consists of revenue of $106.9 
million, cost of sales of $87.0 million, research and development costs of $0.8 million, SG&A costs excluding corporate expenses of 
$9.0 million, corporate SG&A expenses of $3.8 million, net interest expense of $3.4 million, and other expense and foreign currency 
transactions expense of $0.6 million and income taxes of $0.2 million.  

Net revenue and gross profit—For the year ended December 31, 2008, net revenue and gross profit were $106.3 million and $17.5 
million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of sales was 16.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended 
December 31, 2007 net revenue and gross profit were $106.9 million and $19.9 million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of 
revenues was 18.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  

Net revenues decreased $0.6 million to $106.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $106.9 million for the comparable 
year period in 2007. Revenue for 2008 was increased by approximately $6.2 million by having a full year of Noble product line 
revenues in 2008 and having three months of Crane and Schaeff revenues. Noble product line revenues increased approximately $2.5 
million while Crane and Schaeff contributed an additional $3.7 million. Revenues would have decreased approximately $6.8 million 
without the additional revenues generated by the Noble product line, Crane and Schaeff. The decrease is the result of a decrease in 
sales of forklifts and specialized carriers, which was partially offset by $1.7 million increase in crane sales. The increase in crane sales 
is attributed to an increase in chassis sales. The Company builds cranes on chassis supplied by the customer or by the Company. The 
increase in chassis sales is the result of a substantial sales increase to a particular distributor, who has elected to have the Manitex 
subsidiary supply the chassis. The majority of the decrease in forklift/specialized carrier sales is due to decrease in the sales of military 
forklifts. A decrease in the sale of commercial rough terrain forklifts, the result of the slowing North American economy, and a 
decrease in special carriers also contributed to the sales decline. The decrease in military forklifts sales is attributed to the timing of 
governmental orders.  

Gross profit as a percent of net revenues decreased to 16.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 18.6% for the comparable 
2007 period, an erosion of 2.2%. The decrease in margin percent is due to a decrease in the gross margin percent for crane products 
which was offset by a modest increase in the gross margin for forklifts and specialized carriers. The decrease in crane product margins 
was caused by a significant increase in the cost of raw materials and components. Although we experienced material price increases 
over the first half of the year, these were not nearly of the magnitude that we experienced starting late in the second quarter and into 
the third quarter. Through the second quarter of 2008, increases in material prices were largely offset by increases in the sale of cranes 
with higher lifting capacity (which have higher gross margins), the benefit of sourcing materials from lower cost countries, a price 
increase that was instituted in mid year 2007 and an improvement in production efficiencies. It became clear during the third quarter 
of 2008 that these rapidly accelerating material price increases were going to continue and would adversely impact the Company’s 
margins. In June, 2008, the Company announced its annual price increases for all new orders received on or after July 1st. The 
Company continued to honor old prices on its existing backlog. As such, the benefit from the price increase did not occur until late 
this year or will not occur until early next. To further offset the effect of price increases, the Company instituted a 4 to 5% surcharge 
on cranes shipped in the later part of the fourth quarter 2008.  

The forklift/specialized carrier product line margin as percentage of net revenue increased modestly. Although the cost of materials for 
forklifts specialized carriers also increased, the effect was more than offset by a restructuring initiative that occurred early in the third 
quarter of 2008, the elimination of start-up of inefficiencies for the Noble product line and the weakening of the Canadian dollar, 
which positively impact margins on US dollar sales.  

Restructuring expenses—During the third quarter of 2008, the Company began to restructure the manufacturing processes at its 
Manitex Liftking facility with the objective of improving production efficiencies and lowering our costs. The Company began to 
experience the benefits of the staffing reductions in the fourth quarter of 2008. An evaluation of the current staffing has been 
completed and as a result, the workforce was reduced by 26 employees to align the size of our workforce to our current production 
requirements. In connection with the reduction in force, the Company was required to pay terminated employees $0.2 million in 
severance, which has been included in operating expense and is shown in the income statement on a line entitled “restructuring 
expenses.”  

Beginning in September of 2008, the United States and world financial markets came under unprecedented stress. The immediate 
impact was a dramatic decrease in liquidity and credit availability throughout the world. An incredibly rapid and significant 
deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe followed. These events had an immediate significant 
adverse impact on the Company, including a very dramatic curtailment of new orders, request to delay deliveries and, in some cases to 
cancel existing orders.  

25 

 
In response to the impact of economic conditions and longer sales cycles, it was determined that swift management action was 
necessary to ensure that operating activity was balanced with current demand levels. Since the end of the third quarter 2008, we have 
implemented across the board cost reduction activities that we estimate will yield approximately $5 million in annual expense 
reductions. The specific actions taken to achieve these cost reductions comprise headcount reductions of salaried and hourly 
employees, virtual elimination of overtime, suspension of additional hires and merit increases, reduction in executive and salaried pay, 
bonus and benefits and the introduction of shortened workweeks. These actions, although difficult, are required to enable the 
Company to adjust to current conditions and position it to respond quickly when the market recovers. Certain of the aforementioned 
actions were implemented before December 31, 2008. Significant additional steps were implemented shortly after year end. 
Restructuring expense (severance payments) related to actions taken before year end was approximately $0.1 million. Additional, 
restructuring expense related to steps taken after December 31, 2008 will result in additional restructuring expense of approximately 
$0.2 million being recorded during the first quarter of 2009.  

Additionally, the Company is focused on several new North American and international sales initiatives and supply chain cost 
reduction initiatives which are designed to continue market share gains, and to improve margins and profitability.  

Selling, general and administrative expense—Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 
was $12.9 million compared to $12.8 million for the comparable period in 2007. Selling, general and administrative expense for the 
year ended December 31, 2008 is comprised of corporate expense of $3.0 million and $9.9 million related to operating companies. 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 were comprised of corporate expense of $3.8 
million and $9.0 million related to operating companies.  

Selling, general and administrative, excluding corporate expenses, increased $0.9 million to $9.9 million (including $0.6 million for 
Crane and Schaeff) for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $9.0 million for the comparable year period in 2007. Without the 
additional costs from the Crane and Schaeff acquisition, selling, general & administrative expenses would have increased $0.3 million. 
The increase is principally due to an increase in selling expenses for our Manitex subsidiary and an increase in management resources 
for our Manitex Liftking subsidiary. The increase in selling expense at our Manitex subsidiary is related to costs of approximately $0.3 
million associated with participating in the Con Expo trade show in March 2008. The Con Expo show, which is held every three years, 
was held in Las Vegas from March 11 to March 15, 2008. This show is an international gathering place for the construction industries. 
It is estimated that 125,000 professionals from around the world attended the show. The increase in Manitex Liftking management is 
principally related to hiring additional management personnel. Modest offsetting variances in a number of other lines resulted in a 
small net decrease in expense.  

Corporate expenses decreased $0.8 million to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $3.8 million for the 
comparable period in 2007. The decrease is principally attributed to a decrease in management bonuses, consulting expenses and legal 
fees. Legal expenses were higher in 2007 in part as they were incurred in conjunction with the SEC review of the S-3 Registration 
Statement, which was filed on December 21, 2006 and declared effective on September 7, 2007. Consulting expenses were higher in 
2007 as a consultant was assisting the Company in meeting its initial year Sarbanes Oxley requirements.  

Operating income—Operating income from continuing operations of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 
equivalent to 3.2% of net revenues compared to an operating income of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 or 5.9% of 
net revenues. The decrease in operating income as percentage of net revenues is primarily due to a decrease of 2.2% in the gross 
margin percentage. Additionally, restructuring expense of $0.3 million and an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses 
of $0.2 million accounts for approximately 0.3% and 0.1% of the decrease in operating income as a percentage of net revenues.  

Interest expense—Interest expense was $2.0 million and $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 
The decrease in interest is due to a decrease in average outstanding debt for 2008 versus average outstanding debt for 2007 and lower 
interest rates. Although total debt at December 31, 2008 of $28.1 million is higher than the outstanding debt at December 31, 2007 of 
$25.0, the average for 2008 is lower than the average for 2007. The $3.1 million increase in total debt from 2007 to 2008 is entirely 
attributed to debt related to the Crane and Schaeff acquisition that occurred on October 6, 2008. Additionally, on September 10, 2007, 
the Company closed a $9.0 million private placement of its common stock. The Company’s net cash proceeds after fees and expenses 
were $8.2 million, and were used to reduce the Company’s outstanding debt. As indicated the Company also benefited from lower 
interest rates as a significant portion of our debt is indexed to the prime rate. The prime rate decreased from 7.25% at December 31, 
2007 to 3.25% at December 31, 2008. Due to the improved financial strength of the Company our bank has agreed to further lower the 
interest rate on our domestic line of credit from prime plus 0.75% to prime plus 0.25%. and on our Canadian line from Canadian prime 
plus 2.0% to Canadian prime plus 1.5% for Canadian dollar borrowings.  

26 

 
  
Foreign currency transaction loss—As a result of the currency losses incurred in the second quarter 2007, the Company investigated 
ways to mitigate future foreign currency risk. Historically the USD / CDN$ exchange rate has not seen such volatility in a short time 
period and the Company had not taken any action to mitigate its foreign exchange exposures. As a result of its investigation, the 
Company began purchasing forward exchange contracts beginning in September of 2007. The Company endeavors to purchase 
forward currency exchange contracts such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the 
reporting units’ functional currency will be offset by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it 
holds. In accordance with FAS No. 52, the Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at their 
market value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings as a currency gain or loss. For the year ended 
December 31, 2008, the Company had a foreign currency transactions loss of $0.1 million which is net of forward currency contracts 
gains and losses.  

The foreign currency transaction loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $0.8 million. The exchange losses were principally 
incurred before the Company entered into the forward currency exchange contracts in early September 2007. The foreign currency 
loss was driven by a historically unusual strengthening of the Canadian dollar during the six months ended September 30, 2007, when 
the US to Canadian dollar exchange rate changed from .8674 to 1.0037. The Company had an acquisition note payable for $2.6 
million to the former owner of Liftking Industries, which is denominated in Canadian dollars. Through September 30, 2007 the 
Company recorded a foreign exchange loss of $0.4 million related to this note. Additionally, Manitex Liftking, the Company’s 
Canadian subsidiary, had significant sales which were denominated in US dollars and which on settlement generated or will generate a 
transaction loss of $0.5 million through September 30, 2007. A gain of $0.2 million on the forward exchange currency contracts held 
at September 30, 2007 by the Company offsets the aforementioned transaction losses.  

Income tax (benefit)—The income tax benefit for 2008 was $0.4 million. The income tax expense for 2007 was $0.2 million. The 
2008 effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate due to the current utilization of prior year losses for which no benefit was 
previously received and a tax benefit related to a discrete item for the recognition of a deferred tax asset for the Texas Temporary 
Margin Tax Credit as a result of a resolution of an income tax examination  

Net income from continuing operations—Net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $1.8 
million. This compares with a net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 of $2.1 million.  

Discontinued operations  
For the year ended December 31, 2008, discontinued operations reported net income of $0.2 million as compared to a loss of $(1.1) 
million for 2007. For 2008, discontinued operations had income resulting from the reversal of a $0.1 million warranty reserve as it was 
determined that it was not needed and a $0.1 million payment received related to the settlement of a contract dispute. In 2007, the net 
loss from discontinued operations of $1.1 million was comprised of costs of sales of $1.6 million, operating expenses of $1.0 million 
offset by revenue of $1.5 million.  

During 2007, the Company established reserves of $0.1 million to cover employee termination costs and $0.2 million related to 
contracts terminations. In the third quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a gain of $0.2 million related to closure or discontinuation 
of operations, which is principally related to gain on the sale of assets. Additionally, the Company reduced its reserve to cover 
employee terminations by $0.05 million. The net effect was loss on the sale or closure of discontinued operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2007 of $0.05 million.  

In 2008, the Company reversed the $0.2 million reserve for termination of contracts, as it was determined that it was not needed.  

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006  
The results for acquisitions have been included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations from the date of their 
respective acquisition, i.e., July 3, 2006 for Manitex subsidiary, November 30, 2006 for Manitex Liftking and July 31, 2007 for the 
Noble Forklift product line acquisition. As such, the results for 2007 include a full year of results for the Manitex subsidiary and 
Manitex Liftking and five months for the Noble product line. The results for Noble Forklift Product Line for the five months ended 
December 31, 2007 are not significant. The results for 2006 only include six months and one month of results for the Manitex 
subsidiary and Manitex Liftking, respectively.  

27 

 
  
  
Net income (loss)  
The net income of $1.0 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2007 consisted of net income from continuing operations of 
$2.1 million offset by a loss from discontinued operations of $1.1 million and an expected loss on sale of discontinued operations of 
$0.05 million. The Company reported a net loss of $(8.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2006, consisting of a net loss from 
continuing operations of $(0.5) million and a loss from discontinued operations of $(8.3) million. Included in the loss from 
discontinued operations is an impairment charge of $6.6 million. In 2006, the Company determined that the carrying values of some of 
the underlying assets of the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment exceeded their fair values. Consequently, the Company 
recorded an impairment loss of $6.6 million, which represents the excess of the carrying values of the assets over their fair values, less 
cost to sell.  

Results of continuing operations  
For the year ended December 31, 2007, net income from continuing operations was $2.1 million, which consisted of revenue of 
$106.9 million, cost of sales of $87.0 million, research and development costs of $0.8 million, SG&A costs excluding corporate 
expenses of $9.0 million, Corporate SG&A expenses of $3.8 million, net interest expense of $3.4 million and other expense and 
foreign currency transactions expense of $0.6 million and income taxes of $0.2 million.  

For the year ended December 31, 2006, net loss from continuing operations was $(0.5) million, which consists of revenue of $40.7 
million, cost of sales of $34.9 million, research and development costs of $0.2 million, SG&A costs excluding corporate expenses of 
$3.0 million, Corporate SG&A expenses of $1.4 million, net interest expense of $1.9 million and income tax benefit of $(0.2) million.  

Net revenue and gross profit—For the year ended December 31, 2007, net revenue and gross profit were $106.9 million and $19.9 
million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of sales was 18.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007. For the year ended 
December 31, 2006, net revenue and gross profit were $40.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of 
revenues was 14.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006.  

Net revenues increased $66.3 million to $106.9 million (including $27.2 million for Manitex Liftking) for the year ended 
December 31, 2007 from $40.7 million for the comparable year period in 2006. The revenue increase is primarily the result of having 
a full year of the Manitex subsidiary and Manitex Liftking’s results in the current year and only two quarters of the Manitex subsidiary 
and one month of Manitex Liftking’s results in the prior year.  

The gross profit as a percent of net revenues increased to 18.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 14.2% for the 
comparable 2006 period, an improvement of 4.4%. The Company’s gross profit was favorably impacted in 2007 by product mix, a 
2007 price increase and the benefit of sourcing materials from lower cost countries. The favorable mix is the result of an increase in 
the sales of cranes with higher lifting capacity. This to a large extent is attributable to the 45 ton crane which was introduced in the 
second quarter of 2006 and the 50 ton crane which was introduced in the second quarter 2007.  

Selling, general and administrative expense—Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 
was $12.8 million compared to $4.4 million for the comparable period in 2006. Selling, general and administrative expense for the 
year ended December 31, 2007 were comprised of corporate expense of $3.8 million and $9.0 million related to operating companies. 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 were comprised of corporate expense of $1.4 
million and $3.0 million related to operating companies.  

Selling, general and administrative, excluding corporate expenses, increased $6.0 million to $9.0 million (including $2.3 million for 
Manitex Liftking.) for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $3.0 million for the comparable year period in 2006. The increase is 
primarily the result of including Manitex Liftking in 2007 for a full year compared to one month in the prior year and of having a full 
year of the Manitex subsidiary’s expense in the current year and only two quarters in the prior year. An increase in selling expenses at 
the Manitex subsidiary primarily related to increases in advertising and outside commissions and an increase in the provision for 
bonuses at the Manitex subsidiary were also factors contributing to the higher 2007 selling, general and administrative expenses. 
Included in selling general and administrative expenses is amortization of intangible assets of $1,784 and $992 for the year ended 
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively  

Corporate expenses increased $2.4 million to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from the $1.4 million for the 
comparable 2006 year period. The increase in corporate expenses reflects the recruitment of key experienced management to build an 
organizational structure to continue to drive the company’s strategy and growth objectives including activity to integrate the 
management, systems, controls, and operations of the three acquisitions. Also, included in 2007 were legal, accounting and consulting 
expenses incurred in connection with the SEC review of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, which was declared 
effective on September 7, 2007 and for its Sarbanes Oxley compliance project. The Company continues to actively manage its costs 
relating to the Sarbanes-Oxley project in particular and balances between internal and external resources applied.  

28 

 
Operating income—Operating income from continuing operations of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 
equivalent to 5.9% of net sales compared to an operating income of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 or 2.8%. The 
increase in the operating income as a percent of net sales was the result of higher gross profit percent which is partially offset by an 
increase in selling, general and administrative expense.  

Interest expense—Interest expense was $3.4 million and $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 
The increase in interest expense was entirely the result having full year results for the Manitex subsidiary and Manitex Liftking 
included in 2007. In 2006, the Manitex subsidiary and Manitex Liftking results were only included for six months and one month, 
respectively. Prior to the Manitex subsidiary acquisition on July 3, 2006, the Company had no outstanding indebtedness for borrowed 
money. The Company interest expense is principally related to the amount of outstanding debt. Total outstanding debt decreased to 
$25.0 million at December 31, 2007 from $37.0 million at December 31, 2006. The reduction of debt only had a limited impact on 
year to date interest expense as approximately $10 million of the reduction occurred in the third quarter, with approximately $8.0 
million occurring on September 10, 2007.  

Foreign currency transaction loss—The foreign currency transaction loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $0.8 million, 
(2006 $nil). The exchange losses were principally incurred before the Company entered into the forward currency exchange contracts 
in early September 2007. The foreign currency loss was driven by a historically unusual strengthening of the Canadian dollar during 
the six months ended September 30, 2007, when the US to Canadian dollar exchange rate changed from .8674 to 1.0037. The 
Company had an acquisition note payable for $2.6 million to the former owner of Liftking Industries, which is denominated in 
Canadian dollars. Through September 30, 2007 the Company recorded a foreign exchange loss of $0.4 million related to this note. 
Additionally, Manitex Liftking, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary, had significant sales which were denominated in US dollars and 
which on settlement generated or will generate a transaction loss of $0.5 million through September 30, 2007. A gain of $0.2 million 
on the forward exchange currency contracts held at September 30, 2007 by the Company offsets the aforementioned transaction 
losses.  

The decision to enter into forward exchange contracts was the result of an investigation into methods that could be taken to reduce 
foreign currency risk in response to the large currency losses incurred in the second quarter 2007. Historically the USD / CDN$ 
exchange rate has not seen such volatility in a short time period and the Company had previously not taken any action to mitigate its 
foreign exchange exposures. As stated above, the exchange losses were principally incurred before the Company entered into the 
forward currency exchange contracts in early September 2007. The Company’s net currency loss for the quarter ended December 31, 
2007 was less than $0.1 million.  

Income tax (benefit)—Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $0.2 million or 7.1%. In 2006 the Company recorded 
an income tax benefit of $(0.2) million. The 2007 effective tax rate is lowered for the current utilization of prior year losses for which 
no benefit was previously received.  

Net income from continuing operations—Net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.1 
million. This compares with a net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 of $(0.5) million.  

Discontinued operations  
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the net loss from discontinued operations was $1.1 million comprised of costs of sales of $1.6 
million, operating expenses of $1.0 million offset by revenue of $1.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the loss reported 
was $8.3 million. Included in the 2006 loss from discontinued operations is an impairment charge of $6.6 million. In 2006, the 
Company determined that the carrying values of some of the underlying assets of the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment 
exceeded their fair values. Consequently, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $6.6 million, which represents the excess of 
the carrying values of the assets over their fair values, less cost to sell.  

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the reserve established for employee termination costs of $0.1 million and a provision for 
termination of contracts of $0.2 million was offset by a gain on the sale of assets of $0.2 million. The net gain on sale or closure of 
discontinued operations for 2007 was $0.05 million.  

29 

 
  
Segment information  
Lifting Equipment Segment  

Net revenues............................................................................................ $ 
Operating income ....................................................................................
Operating margin.....................................................................................

2008 (1)  
103,343  
6,382  

$ 

6.2%  

2007 (1)  
106,946  
10,109  

9.5% 

$ 

2006 (1)  
40,676  
2,543  
6.3%

(1)  Financial results for actions are included from the date of acquisition July 3 2006 for Quantum Value Management, LLC, 

November 30, 2006 for the assets of Liftking Industries, Inc., July 31, 2007 for Noble product line and October 6, 2008 for the 
assets of Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc.  

Net Revenues—Net revenues decreased $3.6 million to $103.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $106.9 million for 
the comparable period in 2007. Revenue for 2008 was increased by approximately $3.2 million by having a full year of Noble product 
line revenues in 2008 and having three months of Schaeff revenues. Noble product line revenues increased approximately $2.5 million 
while Schaeff contributed an additional $0.7 million. Revenues would have decreased approximately $6.8 million without the 
additional revenues generated by the Noble product line, and Schaeff. The decrease is the result of a decrease in sales of forklifts and 
specialized carriers, which was partially offset by $1.7 million increase in crane sales. The increase in crane sales is attributed to an 
increase in chassis sales. The Company builds cranes on chassis supplied by the customer or by the Company. The increase in chassis 
sales is the result of a substantial sales increase to a particular distributor, who has elected to have the Manitex subsidiary supply the 
chassis. The majority of the decrease in forklift/specialized carrier sales is due a decrease in the sales of military forklifts. A decrease 
in the sale of commercial rough terrain forklifts, the result of the slowing North American economy, and a decrease in special carriers 
also contributed to the sales decline. The decrease in military forklifts sales is attributed to the timing of governmental orders.  

Operating Income and Operating Margins—Operating income of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 
equivalent to 6.2% of net revenues compared to an operating income of $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 or 9.5% 
of net revenues. The decrease in operating income as percentage of net revenues is primarily due to a decrease of 2.2% in the gross 
margin percentage principally caused by material cost increases. Additionally, restructuring expense of $0.3 million and an increase in 
selling, general and administrative expenses of $0.4 million accounts for approximately 0.3% and 0.4% of the decrease in operating 
income as a percentage of net revenues.  

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is principally due to an increase in selling expenses for our Manitex 
subsidiary, an increase in management resources for our Manitex Liftking subsidiary, and approximately $0.1 million of selling, 
general and administrative expense related to Schaeff. The increase in selling expense at our Manitex subsidiary is related to costs of 
approximately $0.3 million associated with participating in the Con Expo trade show.  

Equipment Distribution Segment  

Net revenues.......................................................................................................... $ 
Operating income ..................................................................................................
Operating margin...................................................................................................

2008 (1)  
2,998  
68  
2.3% 

2007 (1)  
$  —   
—   
—   

2006 (1)  
$  —   
—   
—   

(1)  Financial results for acquisitions are included from the date of acquisition October 6, 2008 for the assets of Crane & Machinery, 

Inc.  

On October 6, 2008, the Company acquired the assets of and Crane located in Bridgeview, Illinois, Crane is a distributor of Terex 
rough terrain and truck cranes and Manitex boom trucks and sign cranes and is being treated as a separate reporting segment entitled 
Equipment Distribution. The results for the Crane acquisition are included from the date of the acquisition as such there are no prior 
year comparatives.  

Net revenues—The Equipment Distribution segment had net revenues of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  

Operating Income and Operating Margins—Operating income of $0.1 million for the year ended  
December 31, 2008 was equivalent to 2.3% of net revenues  

30 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Liquidity and Capital Resources  
Cash and cash equivalents were $0.4 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. As of 
December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $5.5 million available to borrow under its credit facility. Additionally, the 
Company’s Manitex Liftking subsidiary had a credit facility which had approximately $1.5 million of borrowing availability on 
December 31, 2008.  

In 2008, existing debt (including lines of credit, capital lease obligations and the current portion of notes payable and capital lease 
obligations) increased $3.1 million dollars to $28.1 million from $25.0 million at December 31, 2007. The increase in debt is entirely 
associated with Crane and Schaeff acquisition that occurred on October 6, 2008. As part of the acquisition consideration, Manitex 
International, Inc. issued a term note to Terex Corporation for $2.0 million. Additionally, the Company entered into a floorplan 
financing agreement in December 2008 and had an outstanding balance at December 31, 2008 of approximately $1.3 million. The 
floorplan is used to finance cranes that had been purchased and that are in Crane’s inventory at December 31, 2008. Finally, a portion 
of the outstanding balance on the Company’s U.S. line of credit was borrowed to fund Crane and Schaeff’s working capital 
requirements.  

During 2007, the Company decreased its existing debt by $12.0 million. Total debt decreased from $37.0 million at December 31, 
2006 to $25.0 million at December 31, 2007.  

The Company was able to pay down debt as it:  

•  Generated $8.2 million from the sale of stock and warrants in the 2007 private placement,  
•  Generated $1.9 million from the exercise of warrants that existed at December 31, 2006,  
•  Generated $1.1 million from the sale of discontinued unprofitable operations, and  
•  Generated $1.1 million from operations, including the operating results of the unprofitable discontinued operation.  

The Company needs cash to meet its working capital needs as the business grows, to acquire capital equipment, and to fund 
acquisitions and debt repayment. Cash flows from operations and existing availability under the current revolving credit facilities are 
available when the Company needs cash in the future. The maturity date for its merged credit facility, the Manitex Liftking credit 
facility and the note payable to the bank is April 1, 2010.  

Outstanding borrowings  
The Company’s $20.5 million revolving credit facility dated December 15, 2003, had an original maturity date of January 2, 2005. 
The Company is eligible to borrow up to $20,500, with interest at prime rate plus 0.25% (prime was 3.25% at December 31, 2008). At 
December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $5.5 million available to borrow under this facility. The maturity date has been 
extended numerous times in various increments and the maturity date is currently April 1, 2010. The agreement contains the 
customary limitations including, limitations on acquisitions, dividends, repurchase of the Company’s stock and capital expenditures. It 
also requires the Company to have a minimum Tangible Effective Net Worth, as defined in the agreement and a 1:2 to 1 Debt Service 
Ratio, as defined in the agreement.  

Additionally, the Company’s Manitex Liftking subsidiary has a credit facility which allows for borrowings of up to $4.5 (CDN) 
million as of December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $1.5 million available to borrow under this 
Canadian facility. This credit facility allows the Company to borrow in either US or Canadian dollars. Canadian dollar borrowings 
bear interest at Canadian prime rate plus 1.5% (Canadian prime was 3.5% at December 31, 2008). Any borrowings under the facility 
in US dollars bears interest at the US prime rate plus 0.25% (prime was 3.25% at December 31, 2008). For the purposes of 
determining availability under the credit line, borrowings in U.S. dollars are converted to Canadian dollar based on the most favorable 
spot exchange rate determined by the bank to be available to it at the relevant time.  

Both the US and Canadian credit facilities are asset based. The maximum the Company may borrow under either facility is the lower 
of the credit line or the available collateral, as defined in the credit agreements. Collateral under the agreement consists of stated 
percentages of eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Beginning in September 2008, the financial markets in the United States 
and globally came under incredible stress. A substantial deterioration in economic condition, especially in the United States and 
Europe followed. As a result, the Company has seen a significant contraction in its business. This contraction is resulting or will result 
in decreasing accounting receivable and inventory balances, which has the effect of lowering the maximum amount that can be 
borrowed under the Company’s credit facility. The amount needed to finance working capital may be lower, which could result in a 
reduced outstanding balance on the Company’s credit facilities. The availability under the credit facility at any point is the difference 
between the available collateral and the outstanding balance under the credit facility.  

31 

 
  
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Liftking Industries’, the Company issued a note payable to the seller for CDN $3.2 
million, or approximately USD $3.0 million. The note bears interest at the prime rate of interest charged by Comerica Bank for 
Canadian dollar loans plus 1%. The note requires quarterly principal payments of CDN $0.2 million plus interest commencing on 
April 1, 2007. The note is collateralized by a second priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company’s 
Manitex Liftking subsidiary, which is subordinated to the security interest held by the Company’s senior secured lender, Comerica 
Bank. The note has a remaining unpaid balance as of December 31, 2008 of CDN $1.8 million.  

At December 31, 2008, the Company had a $1.8 million note payable to Comerica Bank. This note was assumed by the Company in 
connection with its acquisition of the Manitex subsidiary. This note bears interest at the rate of prime plus 1% and matures on April 1, 
2010. Until June 30, 2008 the Company was not required to make principal payments, but was required to make interest payments on 
the first day of each month. Commencing on July 1, 2008, the Company is also required to make monthly principal payments of $0.05 
million on the first day of each month. The bank has been granted security interest in substantially all the assets of the Company’s 
Manitex subsidiary.  

The Company has a twelve year lease which expires in April 2018 that provides for monthly initial lease payments of $70 for its 
Georgetown, Texas facility. The lease has been classified as a capital lease under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. The 
capitalized lease obligation related to aforementioned lease as of December 31, 2008 is $4,422.  

In connection with the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane”) and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc., 
(“Schaeff”), the Company agreed to assist the Sellers and GT in restructuring certain debt owed to Terex Corporation (“Terex”). 
Accordingly, on October 6, 2008, the Company entered into a Restructuring Agreement with Terex and Crane pursuant to which the 
Company executed and deliver to Terex a promissory note in the amount of $2,000 that has an annual interest rate of 6%. Terex has 
been granted a lien on and security interest in all of the assets of Crane & Machinery Division.  

The Company is required to make annual principal payments to Terex of $.25 million commencing on March 1, 2009 and on each 
year thereafter through March 1, 2016. So long as the Company’s common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ or another 
national stock exchange, the Company may opt to pay up to $0.15 million of each annual principal payment in shares of the 
Company’s common stock having a market value of $0.15 million, subject to attaining approval of the Company’s shareholders if the 
aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock to be issued to Terex exceeds 4.99% of the Company’s outstanding 
common stock at the time the transaction was consummated. Accrued interest under the Term Note will be payable quarterly 
commencing on January 1, 2009.  

On December 31, 2008, the Company has a $1.25 million note payable to a finance company. Under the floorplan agreement the 
Company may borrow up to $2.0 million for equipment financing and are secured by all inventory financed by or leased from the 
Lender and the proceeds there from. The terms and conditions of any loans, including interest rate, commencement date, and maturity 
date shall be determined by the Lender upon its receipt of the Company’s request for an extension of credit. At December 31, 2008, 
outstanding loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus 6% 
(which may be increased upon the Lender giving five days written notice to the Company). For twelve months commencing on 
January 15, 2009, the Company is only required to make interest payments, followed by 48 equal monthly payments of principal and 
interest. The loan maybe repaid at anytime and is not subject any prepayment penalty.  

Future availability under credit facilities  
Both the US and Canadian credit facilities are asset based. The maximum the Company may borrow under either facility is the lower 
of the credit line or the available collateral, as defined in the credit agreements. Collateral under the agreement consists of stated 
percentages of eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Beginning in September 2008, the financial markets in the United States 
and globally came under incredible stress. A substantial deterioration in economic condition, especially in the United States and 
Europe followed. As a result, the Company has seen a significant contraction in its business. This contraction is resulting or will result 
in decreasing accounts receivable and inventory balances, which has the effect of lowering the maximum amount that can be borrowed 
under the Company’s credit facility. The amount needed to finance working capital may be lower, which could result in a reduced 
outstanding balance on the Company’s credit facilities. The availability under the credit facility at any point is the difference between 
the available collateral and the outstanding balance under the credit facility.  

In response to the impact of economic conditions and longer sales cycles, it was determined that swift management action was 
necessary to ensure that operating activity was balanced with current demand levels. Since the end of the third quarter 2008, we have 
implemented across the board cost reduction activities that we estimate will yield approximately $5 million in annual expense 
reductions. The specific actions taken to achieve these cost reductions comprise headcount reductions of salaried and hourly 
employees, virtual elimination of overtime, suspension of additional hires and merit increases, reduction in executive and salaried pay, 
bonus and benefits and the introduction of shortened workweeks. These actions, although difficult, are required to ensure the 
Company adjusts to current conditions and is positioned to respond quickly when the market recovers. Certain of the aforementioned 
actions were implemented before December 31, 2008. Significant additional steps were implemented shortly after year end. 

32 

 
  
  
Restructuring expense (severance payments) related to actions taken before year end was approximately $0.1 million. Additional, 
restructuring expense related to steps taken after December 31, 2008 will result in additional restructure expense being recorded 
during the first quarter of 2009 of approximately $0.2 million.  

Additionally, the Company is focused on several new North American and International sales initiatives and supply chain cost 
reduction initiatives which are designed to continued market share gains, to improve margins and profitability.  

The Company’s ability to meet its commitments and contractual obligations is dependent on the Company’s ability to either negotiate 
extensions of its current credit agreements, replace the existing credit agreements with a new credit agreement with acceptable terms 
or to raise additional equity or debt financing. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in renegotiating its current 
credit facilities or consummating additional financing transactions.  

The Company needs cash to meet its working capital needs as the business grows, to acquire capital equipment, and to fund 
acquisitions and debt repayment. We intend to use cash flows from operations and existing availability under the current revolving 
credit facilities to fund anticipated levels of operations for approximately the next 12 months. As outlined above, management has to 
ensure that operating activity is balanced with current demand levels and has reduced operating costs dramatically, and as a result 
management believes that its two credit facilities will provide sufficient working capital.  

However, the length and severity of the current business contraction is not known, we cannot say with certainty that cash generated 
from operations will be adequate or that the credit facilities will have sufficient availability to bridge any short fall. The longer the 
business contraction lasts or deeper it becomes the greater the risk.  

We will likely need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings to support our growth strategy, which may include 
additional acquisitions. There is no assurance that such financing will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms.  

2008  
Operating activities consumed $1.6 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2008, comprised of net earnings of $2.2 million, 
non-cash items totaling $1.9 million offset by an increase in working capital of $5.6 million. The non-cash items are principally 
composed of amortization and depreciation of $2.0 million, non-cash expense for stock based compensation of $0.3 million offset by 
an increase in deferred tax assets of $0.5 million.  

The increase in working capital results primarily from an increase in accounts receivables of $0.9 million, an increase in inventory of 
$5.3 million, and a decrease in accrued expenses of $1.7 million, and other changes that consumed $0.2 million offset by an increase 
in accounts payable of $2.1 million, a decrease in prepaid expenses of $0.5 million,  

The increase in receivables is attributed to a slowing of payments from our customer attributed to the distress in the financial markets. 
In particular, several of our dealers were financed by GE Capital, who had a moratorium on funding their existing customer credit 
lines from the beginning of December until early January. Approximately 60% of increase in inventory is accounted for by an increase 
in finished goods. The increase in finished goods inventory is primarily the result of the Company having a greater number of finished 
boom trucks, sky cranes, rough terrain cranes and Fuchs material handlers in inventory at December 31, 2008. The increase in cranes 
at end of 2008 is due to the contraction of business referred to above and an associated longer selling cycle. The balance of the 
increase in inventory is due to an increase in raw materials. The Company had open purchase commitment, when the sudden business 
contraction occurred at the end of the third quarter. Purchases were cancelled or receipts were delayed when possible, but this was not 
always possible. The decrease in accrued expenses is due to changes in a number of items, the most significant were a decrease in 
accrued bonuses of $0.9 million and a decrease of $0.3 million in accrued warranty. The decrease in accrued bonuses is the result of 
bonuses being lower in 2008. The decrease in accrued warranty is related to our increased efforts to improve initial quality and an 
increased emphasis on charging back warranty claims to our vendors. The increase in accounts payable is due to increased purchases 
and a slowing of payment to vendors. The decrease in prepaid expense is related to a decrease in deposit made on future inventory 
purchases.  

Investing activities consumed $1.4 million of cash. The Company used $0.8 million to purchase Crane and Schaeff and invested an 
additional $0.6 million for capital equipment offset by proceeds on sale of fixed assets of $0.1 million. Capital expenditures include a 
consolidation financial system and a crane, which was purchased to rent.  

Financing activities generated $2.9 million of cash. During the year, the Company increased its borrowing, generating $5.0 million 
which was offset by payments of $2.2 on existing notes and capital leases. New borrowings were comprised of an increase of $3.2 
million on our lines of credit, $0.6 million in notes to finance insurance premiums, and $1.2 million borrowed under a floorplan 
financing agreement, used to finance cranes purchased by Crane. Payments of approximately $0.8 million, $0.5 million, $0.6 million, 
and $0.3 million were made to reduce the Liftking Industries note, a bank note payable, notes to finance insurance and capital leases, 
respectively.  

33 

 
  
2007  
Operating activities generated cash of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, comprised of net earnings of $1.0 million, 
non-cash items totaling $2.4 million offset by an increase in working capital of $2.2 million. The non-cash items are principally 
composed of amortization and depreciation of $2.1 million, an increase in inventory reserves of $0.1 million, an increase of $0.1 
million in a reserve for uncertain tax positions, and a $0.1 million non-cash expense for stock based compensation. The increase in 
working capital results primarily from an increase in accounts receivables of $1.8 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $4.7 
million offset by a decrease in inventory of $3.4 million and an increase in accrued expense of $1.4 million. The increase in 
receivables is attributed to an increase in sales. Sales of $27.3 for the quarter ended December 31, 2007 were $6.7 million higher than 
the $20.6 million reported for the quarter ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in accounts payable correlates with the decrease in 
inventory. A faster payment cycle for accounts payable was a secondary factor which contributed to the decrease in accounts payable. 
Most of the decrease in inventory occurred in Manitex Liftking facility, located in Woodbridge, Ontario. Manitex Liftking at 
December 31, 2006 had purchased inventory and incurred labor and overhead costs for several large long-term specialized lifting 
equipment projects that had a longer manufacturing cycle. Inventory decreased in 2007, when the projects were completed and the 
items were shipped. The increase in accrued expense is primarily related to increases of $1.0 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in 
accrued bonuses, vacation and warranty, respectively.  

Investing activities generated cash of $0.9 million. The sale of discontinued operations generated $1.1 million of cash. The Company 
spent $0.3 million to purchase equipment. The purchase of a semi-automatic multi-head welder is the only significant piece of 
equipment purchased in 2007.  

Financing activities consumed $2.1 million. The sale of stock and warrants in the 2007 private placement provided $8.2 million. The 
exercise of warrants that were outstanding at December 31, 2006 provided another $1.9 million. The proceeds generated by the sale of 
stock, the exercise of warrants, the sales of discontinued operations and cash provided by operations was used to make principal 
payments of $11.7 million against notes payable. As a result of these principal payments, the note payable balance, including the 
current portion, decrease from $17.8 million at December 31, 2006 to $6.1 million at December 31, 2007. An additional $0.3 million 
was used to reduce capital lease obligations.  

Contingencies  
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have 
arisen in the normal course of operations. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or 
timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in aggregate, will have a 
material adverse effect on the Company.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  
The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.  

Contractual Obligations  
The following is a schedule as of December 31, 2008 of our long-term contractual commitments, future minimum lease payments 
under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and other long-term obligations.  

Total  
Revolving credit facilities ............................................................... $  16,995 
6,621 
Term loan........................................................................................
1,346 
Operating lease obligations.............................................................
7,531 
Capital lease obligations .................................................................
12,339 
Purchase obligations .......................................................................

2009  
$  —   
1,565 
782 
814 
12,339 

Total ...................................................................................... $  44,832 

$  15,500 

Payments due by period  
2010- 
2011  

2012- 
2013  
$  16,995   $  —   
1,126 
73 
1,608 
  —   
$  22,150   $  2,807 

3,180  
350  
1,625  
—    

$ 

Thereafter  
—   
750 
141 
3,484 
—   

$ 

4,375 

(1)  Purchase obligations include commitments of approximately $11.2 relating to inventory items. The balance is attributable to 

non-inventory items, including fixed assets, research and development materials, supplies and services  

(2)  At December 31, 2008, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $197 for which the Company is unable to make 

reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the respective tax authority. Thus, these liabilities have not 
been included in the contractual obligations table. See footnote 10.  

34 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Related Party Transactions  
For a description of the Company’s related party transactions, please see Note 21 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
entitled “Transactions between the Company and Related Parties.”  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  
The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our 
estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that 
our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and 
assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more 
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  

Revenue Recognition. For products shipped FOB destination, sales are recognized when the product reaches its FOB destination, or 
when the services are rendered, which represents the point when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer. 
For products shipped FOB shipping point, revenue is recognized when the product is shipped, as this is the point when title and risk of 
loss pass from us to our customers.  

Customers may be invoiced prior to the time customers take physical possession. Revenue is recognized in such cases only when the 
customer has a fixed commitment to purchase the units, the units have been completed, tested and made available to the customer for 
pickup or delivery, and the customer has authorized in writing that we hold the units for pickup or delivery at a time specified by the 
customer. In such cases, the units are invoiced under our customary billing terms, title to the units and risks of ownership pass to the 
customer upon invoicing, the units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to the customer and we have no 
further obligations under the order.  

The Company establishes reserve for future warranty expense at the point when revenue is recognized by the Company and is based 
on percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is based on sales.  

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions. The financial statements of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated using 
the current exchange rate for assets and liabilities and the weighted-average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items. 
Resulting translation adjustments are recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) as a component of stockholders’ 
equity.  

The Company converts receivables and payables denominated in other than the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate as 
of the balance sheet date. The resulting transaction exchange gains or losses, except for certain transactions gains or loss related to 
intercompany receivable and payables, are included in other income and expense. Transaction gains and losses related to 
intercompany receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of 
net income and are recorded as a translation adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) as a component of 
stockholders’ equity.  

Forward Currency Exchange Contracts. Beginning in September 2007, the Company entered in forward currency exchange contracts 
in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ 
functional currency would be offset by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds. In 
accordance with FAS No. 52, the Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its market 
value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings as a currency gain or loss.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts Receivable is reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the 
future. The Company’s estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables includes evaluation of specific 
accounts where we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet its financial obligations.  

Inventories and Related Reserve for Obsolete and Excess Inventory. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and are 
reduced by a reserve for excess and obsolete inventories. The estimated reserve is based upon specific identification of excess or 
obsolete inventories.  

Warrants. The Company has issued warrants, which allow the warrant holder to purchase one share of stock at specified price for a 
specific period of time. The Company records equity instruments including warrants issued to non-employees based on the fair value 
at date of issue. The fair value of the warrants at date of issuance is estimated using the Black-Scholes Model.  

35 

 
  
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, 
“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under SFAS No. 142, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their 
estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.  

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to 
the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and customer 
relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted flow approach. Intangibles, except 
goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  

Impairment of Long Lived Assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived 
Assets, the Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other identifiable intangibles for 
impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.  

To determine recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows, 
without interest charges, will be less than the carrying amount of the assets. Impairment is measured at fair value.  

As required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles,” the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually in the 
fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be 
fully recoverable. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using a business valuation method, which is calculated as of a 
measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted 
average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer.  

The determination of fair value requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily 
include, but are not limited to, revenue growth and operating earnings projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and required 
capital expenditure projections. During the fourth quarter of 2008, our stock price declined significantly and we began to see signs of a 
slowdown in our Lifting Equipment segment, highlighted by a decrease in our backlog. Additionally, access to the credit markets, 
which are critical to the ability of some of our customers to finance crane purchases, has been restricted. Since our impairment testing 
as of September 30, 2008 had not yet been finalized, we reevaluated our assumptions for the facts known as of December 31, 2008 
and adjusted our projections accordingly. We believe the changes in the circumstance that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2008, 
could be indicators of potential impairment under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Because our 
projections were revised to take into account the facts known at December 31, 2008, we concluded that it was not necessary re-
perform impairment testing at December 31, 2008. Since the projections employed to re-perform the impairment testing would be the 
same as those used in the earlier testing, the result would be materially the same. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making 
these estimates, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.  

The market approach was also considered in evaluating the potential for impairment by calculating fair value based on multiples of 
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of comparable, publicly traded companies. This analysis also 
did not indicate impairment. Moreover, we also observed implied EBITDA multiples from relatively recent merger and acquisition 
activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results.  

During much of the fourth quarter 2008 and as of December 31, 2008, our market capitalization was below book value. While the 
market capitalization decline was considered in our evaluation of fair value, the market metric is only one indicator of fair value. It is 
has been our opinion that the market capitalization approach is simply not a reliable indicator of the value for the Company, either 
now or in the past. Our conclusion is based on the fact that trading volume on our stock is very limited, the Company does not provide 
guidance nor is there is any significant analyst coverage. Furthermore, very modest sized trades can impact the stock price 
significantly because our trading volume is so low.  

We will continue to monitor market conditions and determine if any additional interim review of goodwill is warranted. Further 
deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with our projections may ultimately result in a future impairment. In the event 
we determine that goodwill is impaired in the future, we would need to recognize a non-cash impairment charge, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheet and results of operations. 

The Company has recorded $5,932 loss on impairment of long-lived assets during 2006. No impairment charges were recorded in 
2008 and 2007. (See Note 24 for detail regarding the impairment charge)  

Research and Development Expenses. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. For the periods ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 expenses were $0.8 million, $0.8 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.  

Warranty Expense. The Company establishes reserve for future warranty expense at point when revenue is recognized by the 
Company and is based on percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is 
based on sales.  

36 

 
  
Litigation Claims. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on the advice of outside legal counsel.  

Deferred Income Taxes. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and 
negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in our most recent fiscal years and our 
forecast of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred 
tax asset will not be realized. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative 
evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years as cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment. At December 31, 
2008, 2007 and 2006, we provided a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets based on our cumulative losses in recent 
years, except for certain state tax credits  

Computation of Earnings per Share. Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted 
average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  

The number of shares related to options, warrants, restricted stock and similar instruments included in diluted EPS (“EPS”) is based on 
the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in SFAS No. 128. This method assumes theoretical repurchase of shares using proceeds of 
the respective stock option or warrant exercised, and for restricted stock the amount of compensation cost attributed to future services 
which has not yet been recognized and the amount of current and deferred tax benefit, if any, that would be credited to additional paid 
in capital upon the vesting of the restricted stock at a price equal to the issuer’s average stock price during the related earnings period. 
Accordingly, the number of shares includable in the calculation of EPS in respect of the stock options, warrants, restricted stock and 
similar instruments is dependent on this average stock price and will increase as the average stock price increases.  

Securities of a subsidiary that were convertible into its parent company’s common stock were considered among potential common 
shares of the parent company for the purposes of computing consolidated diluted EPS until conversion occurred.  

Including the contingently convertible debt and warrants in the diluted EPS calculation is anti-dilutive when there is a loss and is, 
therefore, excluded from the diluted per share calculation under paragraph 16 of SFAS 128. The effect of applying paragraph 16 of 
SFAS 128 was to exclude 820,044 shares from the diluted EPS calculation of the years ended December 31, 2006.  

Stock Based Compensation. In accordance with SFAS No. 123R “Share Based Payments” share-based payments to employees, 
including grants of restricted stock units, are measured at fair value as of the date of grant and are expensed in the consolidated 
statement of operations over the service period (generally the vesting period)  

New Accounting Pronouncements  
See Note 10 regarding the company’s adoption as of January 1, 2007, of FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in 
Income Taxes (an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109).  

In February of 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” which is intended to 
simplify the accounting and improve the financial reporting of certain hybrid financial instruments (i.e. derivatives embedded in other 
financial instruments). The statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and 
SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a replacement of 
FASB Statement No. 125.” SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments issued or acquired after the beginning of an entity’s 
first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company adopted the SFAS No. 155 on January 1, 2007. The adoption of 
the Statement did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial 
Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” which is effective for the fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The 
FASB issues this statement to simplify the accounting for servicing rights and to reduce the volatility that results from using different 
measurement attributes. The Company adopted the SFAS No. 156 on January 1, 2007. The adoption of the Statement did not have a 
material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

37 

 
  
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a 
framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and establishes a hierarchy that categorizes and 
prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value. SFAS 157 also expands financial statement disclosures about fair value 
measurements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 157-2 which delays the effective date of SFAS 
157 for one year, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in 
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). FAS 157 and FSP 157-2 are effective for financial statements issued 
for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have elected a partial deferral of SFAS 157 under the provisions of FSP 157-2 
related to the measurement of fair value used when evaluating goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets for 
impairment and valuing asset retirement obligations and liabilities for exit or disposal activities. The impact of partially adopting 
SFAS 157 effective January 1, 2008 was not material to our consolidated financial statements.  

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined 
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (SFAS 158). This 
statement requires balance sheet recognition of the over funded or under funded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans. 
Under SFAS 158, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have 
not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in Accumulated Other Non-Shareowners’ Changes in 
Equity, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. In addition, the measurement date, the 
date at which plan assets and the benefit obligation are measured, is required to be the company’s fiscal year end. SFAS 158 is 
effective for publicly-held companies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, except for the measurement date provisions, 
which are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, except 
for the measurement date provisions, which are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. On January 1, 2008, the 
Company adopted the measurement date provisions. The adoption of the Statement did not have a material impact on its financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when 
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (SAB 108), to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial 
statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires that misstatements be quantified based on their impact on each of the Company’s financial 
statements and related disclosures. On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not impact 
the Company’s financial statements.  

The FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of 
FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”) in February 2007. SFAS No. 159 permits a company to choose to measure many 
financial instruments and other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The objective is to 
improve financial reporting by providing a company with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by 
measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. A company shall 
report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting 
date. On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159. The adoption of the Statement did not have a material impact on its 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax 
Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 requires companies to recognize a realized 
income tax benefit associated with dividends or dividend equivalents paid on nonvested equity-classified employee share-based 
payment awards that are charged to retained earnings as an increase to additional paid-in capital. EITF 06-11 was adopted on 
January 1, 2008. The adoption of EITF 06-11 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated 
Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“Statement No. 160”). Statement No. 160 requires (i) that noncontrolling 
(minority) interests be reported as a component of shareholders’ equity, (ii) that net income attributable to the parent and to the 
noncontrolling interest be separately identified in the consolidated statement of operations, (iii) that changes in a parent’s ownership 
interest while the parent retains its controlling interest be accounted for as equity transactions, (iv) that any retained noncontrolling 
equity investment upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary be initially measured at fair value, and (v) that sufficient disclosures are 
provided that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. 
Statement No. 160 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied prospectively. However, 
the presentation and disclosure requirements of the statement shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. We are 
currently assessing the impact SFAS No. 160 will have on our consolidated financial statements.  

38 

 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R continues 
to require the purchase method of accounting to be applied to all business combinations, but it significantly changes the accounting for 
certain aspects of business combinations. Under SFAS 141R, an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS 141R will change the 
accounting treatment for certain specific acquisition related items including: (1) expensing acquisition related costs as incurred; 
(2) valuing noncontrolling interests at fair value at the acquisition date; and (3) expensing restructuring costs associated with an 
acquired business. SFAS 141R also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS 141R is to be applied 
prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period 
beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We expect SFAS 141R will have an impact on our accounting for future business 
combinations once adopted but the effect is dependent upon the acquisitions that are made in the future.  

In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 
No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—An Amendment of SFAS No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). 
SFAS 161 seeks to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures 
regarding the impact on financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To achieve this increased transparency, SFAS 161 
requires (1) the disclosure of the fair value of derivative instruments and gains and losses in a tabular format; (2) the disclosure of 
derivative features that are credit risk-related; and (3) cross-referencing within the footnotes. SFAS No. 161 will be effective for fiscal 
years that begin after November 15, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating the new disclosure requirements under SFAS 161.  

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets. This 
FSP amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of 
a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). The intent of 
this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of 
expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141R, and other GAAP. This FSP is effective for financial 
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is 
prohibited. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of adopting this new accounting position on its consolidated 
financial position.  

In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB statement No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS 
162”). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation 
of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. Any effect of 
applying the provisions of this Statement shall be reported as a change in accounting principle in accordance with FASB statement 
No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 162, but does not 
expect the adoption of this pronouncement will have an impact on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.  

In June 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) EITF 03-6-1, “Determining 
Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” This FSP provides that unvested 
share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are 
participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The FSP is 
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. 
Upon adoption, a company is required to retrospectively adjust its earnings per share data (including any amounts related to interim 
periods, summaries of earnings and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions in this FSP. Early application of this FSP is 
prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of EITF 03-6-1, but does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement 
will have an impact on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.  

In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market 
for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP No. 157-3”), to provide guidance on determining the fair value of financial instruments in inactive 
markets. FSP No. 157-3 became effective for the Company upon issuance, and had no material impact on the Company’s financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows.  

39 

 
In December 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 110 regarding the use of a “simplified” method, as discussed 
in SAB No. 107 (SAB 107), in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with SFAS 
No. 123 (R), Share-Based Payment. In particular, the staff indicated in SAB 107 that it will accept a company’s election to use the 
simplified method, regardless of whether the company has sufficient information to make more refined estimates of expected term. At 
the time SAB 107 was issued, the staff believed that more detailed external information about employee exercise behavior (e.g., 
employee exercise patterns by industry and/or other categories of companies) would, over time, become readily available to 
companies. Therefore, the staff stated in SAB 107 that it would not expect a company to use the simplified method for share option 
grants after December 31, 2007. The staff understands that such detailed information about employee exercise behavior may not be 
widely available by December 31, 2007. Accordingly, the staff will continue to accept, under certain circumstances, the use of the 
simplified method beyond December 31, 2007. The Company will assess the impact of SAB 110 for fiscal year ending December 31, 
2009. It is not believed that this will have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

December 2008, the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting Consideration,” effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2008. EITF Issue No. 08-6 requires an equity method investor to account for its initial investment 
at cost and shall not separately test an investee’s underlying indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. It also requires an equity 
method investor to account for share issuance by an investee as if the investor had sold a proportionate share of its investment. The 
resulting gain or loss shall be recognized in earnings. The Company is evaluating whether the adoption of EITF Issue No. 08-6 will 
have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.  

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets,” 
amending FASB Statement No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” effective for 
fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 requires an employer to disclose investment policies and strategies, 
categories, fair value measurements, and significant concentration of risk among its postretirement benefit plan assets. The adoption of 
FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  
The Company is exposed to various market risks as a part of its operations, and the Company anticipates that this exposure will 
increase as a result of its planned growth. In an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, the Company may at times enter 
into derivative financial instruments. These may take the form of forward sales contracts, option contracts, foreign currency exchange 
contracts and interest rate swaps. In September 2007, the Company first started to enter into forward currency exchange contracts to 
reduce foreign currency risks. The Company does not, and does not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for 
profit.  

Interest Rates—The Company is exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. The Company’s credit facilities allows 
for borrowings based on the prime rate, Eurodollar rate or a base rate. The interest rate incurred by the Company is based on these 
rates plus a premium. If these rates rise, the Company’s interest expense will increase accordingly.  

Interest Rate Changes—The Company’s debt agreements allow for borrowings based on the prime rate, Eurodollar rate or a base rate. 
The interest rate incurred by the Company is based on these rates plus a premium. If these rates rise, the Company’s interest expense 
will increase accordingly. The effect of a 10% interest rate increase on all outstanding debt for the Company would have been an 
increase in annual interest expense of approximately $89.  

Foreign Exchange Risk—The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates principally of Canadian dollars and Euros 
which effects cash flows related to third party purchases and sales, intercompany product shipments and intercompany loans. The 
Company is also exposed to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency investment in the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and cash 
flows related to repatriation of this investment. Additionally, the Company is exposed to volatility in the translation of foreign 
currency earnings to U.S. Dollars from Canadian dollars.  

At December 31, 2008, the Company had entered into a series of forward currency exchange contracts. The contracts obligate the 
Company to purchase approximately CDN $3.0 million in total. The contracts which are in various amounts mature between 
January 5, 2009 and December 31, 2009. Under the contracts, the Company will purchase Canadian dollars at exchange rates between 
.8203 and .9587. The Canadian to US dollar exchange rates were .8210 and .7870 at December 31, 2008 and February 27, 2009, 
respectively. At December 31, 2008, the Company had recognized a liability of $0.2 million in connection with the forward contracts 
held by the Company. At December 31, 2007, the Company had a recognized asset of $0.2 million in connection with the forward 
contracts held by the Company. The Company purchases forward contracts in relationship so that gains and losses on its forward 
contracts offset exchange gains and losses on its on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional 
currency. Forward currency exchange contracts, if not offset by existing foreign currency positions, will result in the recognition of 
gains and losses which are not offset.  

See Item 1A Risk Factors for further discussion on market risk factors.  

40 

 
  
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.  

The report of independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial 
Statement Schedule are filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included in this report. See Index to Financial Statements and Financial 
Statement Schedule.  

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data  
Summarized quarterly financial data for 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts).  

2008 (1)  

2007 (1)  

1st Qtr  

2nd Qtr  

3rd Qtr  

4th Qtr (2) 

23,547  $ 

26,460  $ 

28,542  $ 

27,792  $ 

4,272 

4,451 

4,199 

4,543 

1st Qtr  
23,138 
4,204 

$ 

511 

178 

721 

10 

306 

—   

261 

11 

69 

(732)

2nd Qtr  

29,951   $ 
5,814    
499    

(234)

872 

(196)

3rd Qtr  
26,600 
5,006 

4th Qtr  
27,257 
4,895 

$ 

—   
689  $ 

186 
917  $ 

—   
306  $ 

14 
286  $ 

(366)
(1,029) $ 

76    
341   $ 

242 
918 

$ 

686 

40 

—   
726 

0.05  $ 

0.07  $ 

0.03  $ 

0.02  $ 

0.01 

$ 

0.06   $ 

0.10 

$ 

0.07 

0.02  $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

(0.09) $ 

(0.03) $ 

(0.02) $ 

—   

—    $ 
0.07  $ 

0.02  $ 
0.09  $ 

—    $ 
0.03  $ 

—    $ 
0.03  $ 

(0.05) $ 
(0.13) $ 

0.05  $ 

0.07  $ 

0.03  $ 

0.02  $ 

0.01 

$ 

0.01   $ 
0.04   $ 

0.06   $ 

0.03 
0.11 

$ 
$ 

—   
0.07 

0.09 

$ 

0.07 

0.02  $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

(0.09) $ 

(0.03) $ 

(0.02) $ 

—   

Net revenues ........................................ $ 
Gross Profit..........................................
Net income from continuing 

operations......................................

Income (loss) from discontinued 

operations—net of tax...................

Gain (loss) on disposition of 

discontinued operations—net of 
tax..................................................
Net income (loss) ................................ $ 
Per Share 
Basic 

Income from continuing 

operations ......................... $ 

Income (loss) from 
discontinued 
operations—net of tax...... $ 

Gain (loss) on disposition of 

discontinued 
operations—net of tax...... $ 
Net income (loss).................... $ 

Diluted 

Income from continuing 

operations ......................... $ 

Income (loss) from 
discontinued 
operations—net of tax...... $ 

Gain (loss) loss on disposition 

of discontinued 
operations—net of tax...... $ 
Net income (loss).................... $ 

Shares outstanding 

—    $ 
0.07  $ 

0.02  $ 
0.09  $ 

—    $ 
0.03  $ 

—    $ 
0.03  $ 

(0.04) $ 
(0.12) $ 

Basic..............................................
Diluted...........................................

9,809,340 
10,255,805 

9,853,423 
10,349,356 

10,064,939 
10,318,731 

10,558,640 
10,576,356 

7,859,875 
8,512,189 

0.01   $ 
0.04   $ 

0.03 
0.10 

$ 
$ 

—   
0.07 

7,903,391    
8,636,771    

8,636,940 
9,239,276 

9,805,913 
10,374,586 

(1)  The financial data for the years 2008 and 2007 presents the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued operation.  
(2)  The Income from discontinued operations of $11 and gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations of $14 represents the reversal of tax provision recorded in either 

the first or second quarter of 2008.  

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition. The 
Noble Forklift Product line was acquired on July 31, 2007. The assets of Crane & Machinery, Inc. and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. were 
acquired on October 6, 2008.  

41 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
The financial statements of the registrant required to be included in Item 8 are listed below:  

Index to Financial Statements  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms .......................................................................................

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheet..................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statement of Operations..................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity .................................................................................................

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows ................................................................................................................

Page 
Reference 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................................................................................

57-99 

42 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and  

Stockholders of Manitex International, Inc.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manitex International, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 
the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion.  

We were not engaged to examine management’s assertion about the effectiveness of Manitex International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal 
Control over Financial Reporting and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion thereon.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Manitex International, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America.  

/s/ UHY LLP 
UHY LLP 

Sterling Heights, Michigan  
March 25, 2009  

43 

 
  
 
  
Current assets 

ASSETS 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET  
(In thousands, except per share data)  
As of December 31,  
2008  

2007  

425  $ 

Cash........................................................................................................................................................... $ 
Trade receivables (net) ..............................................................................................................................
Other receivables.......................................................................................................................................
Inventory (net)...........................................................................................................................................
Deferred tax asset ......................................................................................................................................
Prepaid expense and other .........................................................................................................................
Current assets of discontinued operations .................................................................................................
Total current assets........................................................................................................................
Total fixed assets (net) ..............................................................................................................................
Intangible assets (net)................................................................................................................................
Deferred tax asset ......................................................................................................................................
Goodwill....................................................................................................................................................

569 
16,548 
226 
16,048 
715 
762 
172 
35,040 
5,778 
21,352 
3,940 
14,065 
Total assets ..................................................................................................................................... $  86,228  $  80,175 

17,159 
127 
22,066 
582 
326 
—   
40,685 
5,878 
21,148 
4,065 
14,452 

Current liabilities 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Notes payable—short term ........................................................................................................................ $ 
Current portion of capital lease obligations...............................................................................................
Accounts payable ......................................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................................................................
Other current liabilities..............................................................................................................................
Current liabilities of discontinued operations............................................................................................
Total current liabilities ..................................................................................................................

1,564  $ 
277 
12,083 
2,837 
301 
—   
17,062 

Long-term liabilities 

Line of credit .............................................................................................................................................
Deferred tax liability .................................................................................................................................
Notes payable ............................................................................................................................................
Capital lease obligations............................................................................................................................
Deferred gain on sale of building ..............................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities .........................................................................................................................
Total long-term liabilities ..............................................................................................................
Total liabilities ......................................................................................................................

16,995 
4,186 
5,057 
4,168 
3,549 
197 
34,152 
51,214 

889 
281 
9,543 
4,408 
486 
265 
15,872 

14,191 
4,655 
5,211 
4,422 
3,930 
184 
32,593 
48,465 

Commitments and contingencies 
Minority interest ...............................................................................................................................................
Shareholders’ equity 

Common Stock—no par value, Authorized, 20,000,000 shares authorized ..............................................
Issued and outstanding, 10,584,378 and 9,809,340 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 

—   

1,024 

respectively...........................................................................................................................................
Warrants ....................................................................................................................................................
Paid in capital ............................................................................................................................................
Accumulated deficit ..................................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).....................................................................................
Sub-total...........................................................................................................................................
Less: Unearned stock based compensation ...............................................................................................
Total shareholders’ equity ............................................................................................................

41,915 
1,788 
72 
(14,094)
1,026 
30,707 
(21)
30,686 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity.................................................................. $  86,228  $  80,175 

45,022 
1,788 
239 
(11,896)
(139)
35.014 
—   
35,014 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements  

44 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS  
(In thousands, except per share data)  
For the years ended December 31,  

Net revenues ......................................................................................................................... $ 
Cost of sales ..........................................................................................................................

Gross profit.......................................................................................................

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs .................................................................................
Restructuring expenses................................................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expense, including corporate expense of 

$3,042; $3,756; and $1,384 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively .......................

Total operating expenses .................................................................................

Income from continuing operations ...............................................................

Other income expense 

Interest income ............................................................................................................
Interest (expense) ........................................................................................................
Foreign currency transaction losses.............................................................................
Other income (expense)...............................................................................................

Total other expense..........................................................................................

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes ................

Provision for taxes on income (benefit) ................................................................................

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations ......................................................

Discontinued operations: 

2007  

2008  
106,341   $  106,946  $ 
88,876    
17,465    

87,027 

19,919 

819    
329    

12,909    
14,057    
3,408    

—      

(1,961)
(99)
44    

(2,016)
1,392    
(407)
1,799    

808 
—   

12,758 

13,566 

6,353 

6 
(3,438)
(751)
119 

(4,064)

2,289 

163 

2,126 

2006  
40,676 
34,903 

5,773 

206 
—   

4,408 

4,614 

1,159 

39 
(1,969)
—   
(15)

(1,945)

(786)

(239)

(547)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (benefit) of $0, $0, 
and $(1,087) in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively................................................

Gain (loss) on sale or closure of discontinued operations, net of $0 and $0 income 

tax in 2008 and 2007, respectively .........................................................................

Net earning (loss) ............................................................................................. $ 

199    

(1,122)

(8,342)

200    
2,198   $ 

(48)

—   

956  $ 

(8,889)

Basic earning (loss) per share: 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations................................................................. $ 
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes ............................ $ 
Gain (loss ) on sales or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes........ $ 

Net earnings (loss)....................................................................................................... $ 

Diluted earning (loss) per share: 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations................................................................. $ 
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes ............................ $ 
Gain (loss) on sales or closure of discontinued operations, net of income taxes......... $ 

Net earnings (loss)....................................................................................................... $ 

0.18   $ 
0.02   $ 
0.02   $ 
0.22   $ 

0.17   $ 
0.02   $ 
0.02   $ 
0.21   $ 

0.25  $ 
(0.13) $ 
(0.01) $ 

0.11  $ 

0.23  $ 
(0.12) $ 
(0.01) $ 

0.10  $ 

(0.10)
(1.56)
—   

(1.66)

(0.10)
(1.56)
—   

(1.66)

Shares used to calculate earnings per share: 

Basic............................................................................................................................
Diluted.........................................................................................................................

  10,071,585     8,557,095 
  10,375,062     9,214,407 

  5,346,225 
  5,346,225 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements  

45 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Common Stock  

Shares  
Amount 
4,875,000   $  22,332 
234,875    
916 
2,750,000    
8,026 

7,859,875   $  31,274 
1,500,000    
3,465    
446,000    

7,983 
22 
2,636 

9,809,340   $  41,915 
211,074    
266,000    
269,378    
30,629    

1,072 
1,024 
867 
151 

(2,043)

(7)

Balance, December 31, 2005 ...................
QVM acquisition ......................................
Private placement .....................................
Warrants issued ........................................
Net loss .....................................................
Loss on foreign currency translation........

Comprehensive income (loss) ..................

Balance, December 31, 2006..................

2007 Private placement ............................
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant........
Warrants exercised ...................................
Warrants issued ........................................
Amortization of unearned deferred 

compensation .....................................
Net Income ...............................................
Gain on foreign currency translation........

Comprehensive income ............................

Balance, December 31, 2007..................

QVM note exchange.................................
Subsidiary Stock exchange ......................
Crane and Schaeff acquisition..................
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant........
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and 

cancelled ............................................

Amortization of unearned deferred 

compensation .....................................
Net Income ...............................................
Loss on foreign currency translation........

Comprehensive income ............................

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006  
(In thousands, except per share data)  

Paid in
Capital 
$ 

—    $ 

Warrants 
—   

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit)  

Unearned 
Compensation  

Other 
Comprehensive
Income 
(Loss)  

$ 

(6,161) $ 

—     $ 

2,272 

(8,889)

$ 

—    $ 

2,272 

$ 

(15,050) $ 

—   
72 

—   

(760)
276 

—   

956 

—     $ 
—      

(45)
24     

—   

(56)

Total 
$  16,171 
916 
8,026 
2,272 
(8,889)
(56)

(8,945)

(56) $  18,440 

—   

1,082 

7,983 
94 
1,876 
231 

24 
956 
1,082 

2,038 

$ 

72  $ 

1,788 

$ 

(14,094) $ 

(21) $ 

1,026 

$  30,686 

167 

2,198 

21     

(1,165)

1,072 
1,024 
867 
318 

(7)

21 
2,198 
(1,165)

1,033 

Balance, December 31, 2008..................

  10,584,378   $  45,022 

$ 

239  $ 

1,788 

$ 

(11,896) $ 

—     $ 

(139) $  35,014 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.  

46 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  
(Thousands of Dollars)  
For the years ended December 31,  

2008  

2007  

2006  

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss).................................................................................................................................................................... $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ..................................................................................................................................
Provisions for customer allowances ..........................................................................................................................
Impairment of long lived assets – discontinued operations ......................................................................................
Gain on disposal of assets .........................................................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes...............................................................................................................................................
Inventory reserves .....................................................................................................................................................
Reserves for uncertain tax positions..........................................................................................................................
Stock based deferred compensation ..........................................................................................................................
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable...................................................................................................
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable – related party ..........................................................................
(Increase) decrease in inventory...................................................................................................................
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses.......................................................................................................
(Increase) decrease in other assets................................................................................................................
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable.......................................................................................................
Increase (decrease) in accrued expense........................................................................................................
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities..............................................................................................
Discontinued operations – cash provided by (used) for operating activities ...............................................

Net cash provided by (used) by operating activities .......................................................................

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets..........................................................................................................................................
Purchase of property and equipment......................................................................................................................................
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired ........................................................................................................................
Proceeds from the sale of assets of discontinued operations .................................................................................................
Discontinued operations – cash used for investing activities ................................................................................................

Net cash provided by (used) for investing activities .......................................................................

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Borrowing on revolving credit facility...................................................................................................................................
Repayment on revolving credit facility..................................................................................................................................
New borrowings – notes payable ...........................................................................................................................................
Note payments ........................................................................................................................................................................
Proceeds from issuance of stock ............................................................................................................................................
Shares repurchased for income tax withholding on share-based compensation....................................................................
Proceeds from issuance of warrants.......................................................................................................................................
Proceeds from the exercise of warrants .................................................................................................................................
Payment for expenses related to stock offerings....................................................................................................................
Repayment on capital lease obligations .................................................................................................................................

Net cash provided by (used) for financing activities.......................................................................

Effect of exchange rate change on cash ..........................................................................................
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ......................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year .....................................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............................................................................................................................................ $ 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Cash paid during the year for 

Interest ....................................................................................................................................................................... $ 
Income taxes .............................................................................................................................................................. $ 

(See note 11 for other supplemental cash flow information)  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements  

2,198  

2,008  
(47) 
—    
(36) 
(461) 
47  
13  
339  

(650) 
(277) 
(5,328) 
491  
—    
2,080  
(1,719) 
(126) 
(93) 
(1,561) 

58  
(630) 
(817) 
—    
—    
(1,389) 

3,219  
—    
1,809  
(1,879) 
—    
(7) 
—    
—    
—    
(284) 
2,858  
(52) 
(92) 
569  
425  

2,024  
161  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

956  

2,108  
(30)
—    
(10)
—    
95  
99  
118  

(1,776)
(41)
3,399  
(238)
—    
(4,703)
1,399  
(356)
120  
1,140  

16  
(296)
—    
1,131  
—    
851  

1,253  
(1,411)
—    
(11,718)
8,769  
—    
231  
1,875  
(785)
(338)

(2,124)
87  
(133)
615  
569  

3,467  
157  

$ 

(8,889)

1,079 
82 
5,932 
—   
(1,432)
—   
—   
—   

(1,476)
230 
149 
184 
36 
929 
(987)
139 
4,469 

445 

—   
(121)
(3,330)
—   
(499)

(3,950)

—   
(2,035)
—   
(6,000)
8,866 
—   
2,272 
—   
(840)
(216)

2,047 

48 
(1,458)
2,025 

615 

1,713 
631 

$ 

$ 
$ 

47 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL INC.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Note 1. Nature of Operations  
The Company is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse 
group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety of industries. Through its Manitex subsidiary it markets a 
comprehensive line of boom trucks and sign cranes. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial 
projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction. The Manitex 
Liftking subsidiary sells a complete line of rough terrain forklifts; including both the Liftking and Noble product lines, as well as 
special mission oriented vehicles, and other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. 
Manitex Liftking’s rough terrain forklifts are used in both commercial and military applications. Specialty mission oriented vehicles 
and specialized carriers are designed and built to meet the Company’s unique customer needs and requirements. The Company’s 
specialized lifting equipment has met the particular needs of customers in various industries that include utility, ship building and steel 
mill industries.  

On October 6, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff Lift Truck Inc. (“Schaeff”) 
and Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane”) from GT Distribution, LLC. Schaeff, which produces a line of electric forklifts, further 
expands the Lifting Equipment segment. Crane is a Chicago area based distributor of Terex and Manitex cranes and is a separate new 
segment, entitled Equipment Distribution.  

Historically, the Company also designed, developed, and built specialty Testing & Assembly Equipment for the automotive and heavy 
equipment industries that identifies defects through the use of signature analysis and in-process verification. Against the background 
of the operating losses generated in recent history by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operations based at Wixom, 
Michigan, the Company conducted a strategic review of these operations. On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan 
to sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s operating assets including its inventory, machinery, equipments and patents. As 
a result, our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment has been accounted for as a discontinued operation starting with the first quarter 
of 2007. On August 1, 2007, the assets used in connection with the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment were sold to 
EuroMaint Industry, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“EuroMaint”). As of August 31, 2007, all operations of the former Testing & 
Assembly Equipment segment had ceased. (See Note 4)  

As result of discontinuing our former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, the Company operated in only a single business 
segment, Lifting Equipment until its acquisition of Crane & Machinery’s assets on October 6, 2008. As stated above Crane operations 
are reported in a separate new segment, entitled Equipment Distribution. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for all 
years presented reflects the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued operation.  

Note 2. Basis of Presentation  
The consolidated financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of 
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared 
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The consolidated financial statement 
includes the accounts of Manitex International Inc., and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in 
consolidation. Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of 
acquisition July 3, 2006 for the QVM acquisition, November 30, 2006 for the Manitex Liftking acquisition, July 31, 2007, for the 
Noble Forklift product line acquisition, and October 6, 2008 for Schaeff and Crane acquisitions.  

Discontinued Operations  
As result of discontinuing our former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, the Company operated in only a single business 
segment, Lifting Equipment until its acquisition Crane & Machinery’s assets on October 6, 2008. As stated above Crane operations 
are reported in a separate new segment, entitled Equipment Distribution. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for all 
years presented reflects the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued operation.  

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  
This summary of significant accounting policies of Manitex International Inc. is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s 
financial statements. The financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management who is responsible for 
their integrity and objectivity. These accounting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles and have been 
consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term securities purchased 
with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  

48 

 
   
Marketable Securities—The Company had investments in corporate debt instruments that are available for sale to meet working 
capital needs. These investments are short term and considered cash equivalents. Cost represents estimated fair value at the balance 
sheet date and there are no gross unrealized gains or losses. Interest earned is included in interest income.  

Warrants—The Company has issued warrants, which allow the warrant holder to purchase one share of stock at specified price for 
specific period of time. The Company records equity instruments including warrants issued to non-employees based on the fair value 
at date of issue. The fair value of the warrants at date of issuance are estimated using the Black-Scholes Model.  

Revenue Recognition—For products shipped FOB destination, sales are recognized when the product reaches its FOB destination, or 
when the services are rendered, which represents the point when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer. 
For products shipped FOB shipping point, revenue is recognized when the product is shipped, as this is the point when title and risk of 
loss pass from us to our customers.  

Customers may be invoiced prior to the time customers take physical possession. Revenue is recognized in such cases only when the 
customer has a fixed commitment to purchase the units, the units have been completed, tested and made available to the customer for 
pickup or delivery, and the customer has authorized in writing that we hold the units for pickup or delivery at a time specified by the 
customer. In such cases, the units are invoiced under our customary billing terms, title to the units and risks of ownership pass to the 
customer upon invoicing, the units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to the customer and we have no 
further obligations under the order.  

The Company establishes reserves for future warranty expense at the point when revenue is recognized by the Company and is based 
on percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is based on sales.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts—The Company has adopted a policy consistent with U.S. GAAP for the periodic review of its 
accounts receivable to determine whether the establishment of an allowance for doubtful accounts is warranted based on the 
Company’s assessment of the collectability of the accounts. The Company established an allowance for bad debt of $118 and $175 at 
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

Property, Equipment and Depreciation—Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is 
provided over the following useful lives:  

Asset Category 
Machinery and equipment ..........................................................................................................................
Furniture and fixtures .................................................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements............................................................................................................................

Depreciable Life  
5 – 15 years 
7 – 12 years 
1.5 –12 years 

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures 
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation expense for continuing operations for the years ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $299, $324, and $87, respectively.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, 
“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under SFAS No. 142, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their 
estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.  

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to 
the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and customer 
relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted flow approach. Intangibles, except 
goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  

Impairment of Long Lived Assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived 
Assets, the Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other identifiable intangibles for 
impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.  

To determine recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows, 
without interest charges, will be less than the carrying amount of the assets. Impairment is measured at fair value.  

49 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
As required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles,” the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually in the 
fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be 
fully recoverable. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using the required business valuation method, which is calculated 
as of a measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the 
weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer.  

The determination of fair value requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily 
include, but are not limited to, revenue growth and operating earnings projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and required 
capital expenditure projections. During the fourth quarter of 2008, our stock price declined significantly and we began to see signs of a 
slowdown in our Lifting Equipment segment, highlighted by a decrease in our backlog. Additionally, access to the credit markets, 
which are critical to the ability of some of our customers to finance crane purchases, has been restricted. Since our impairment testing 
as of September 30, 2008 had not yet been finalized, we reevaluated our assumptions for the facts known as of December 31, 2008 
and adjusted our projections accordingly. We believe the changes in the circumstance that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2008, 
could be indicators of potential impairment under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Because our 
projections were revised to take into account the facts known at December 31, 2008, we concluded that it was not necessary re-
perform impairment testing at December 31, 2008. Since the projections employed to re-perform the impairment testing would be the 
same as those used in the earlier testing, the result would be materially the same. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making 
these estimates, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.  

The market approach was also considered in evaluating the potential for impairment by calculating fair value based on multiples of 
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of comparable, publicly traded companies. This analysis also 
did not indicate impairment. Moreover, we also observed implied EBITDA multiples from relatively recent merger and acquisition 
activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results. During much of the fourth quarter 2008 and as of 
December 31, 2008, our market capitalization was below book value. While the market capitalization decline was considered in our 
evaluation of fair value, the market metric is only one indicator of fair value. It is has been our opinion that the market capitalization 
approach is simply not a reliable indicator of the value for the Company, either now or in the past. Our conclusion is based on the fact 
that trading volume on our stock is very limited, the Company does not provide guidance nor is there is any significant analyst 
coverage. Furthermore, very modest sized trades can impact the stock price significantly because our trading volume is so low.  

We will continue to monitor market conditions and determine if any additional interim review of goodwill is warranted. Further 
deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with our projections may ultimately result in a future impairment. In the event 
we determine that goodwill is impaired in the future, we would need to recognize a non-cash impairment charge, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our consolidated balance sheet and results of operations. 

Discontinued Operations—The consolidated financial statements present the Testing & Assembly Equipment Segment as a 
discontinued operation in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.  

Inventory—Inventory consists of stock materials and equipment stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. All equipment 
classified as inventory is available for sale. The company records excess and obsolete inventory reserves. The estimated reserve is 
based upon specific identification of excess or obsolete inventories. Selling, general and administrative expenses are expensed as 
incurred and are not capitalized as a component of inventory.  

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions—The financial statements of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated 
using the current exchange rate for assets and liabilities and the weighted-average exchange rate for the year for income and expense 
items. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) as a component of 
stockholders’ equity.  

The Company converts receivables and payables denominated in other than the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate as 
of the balance sheet date. The resulting transaction exchange gains or losses, except for certain transactions gains or loss related to 
intercompany receivable and payables, are included in other income and expense. Transaction gains and losses related to 
intercompany receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of 
net income and are recorded as a translation adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) as a component of 
stockholders’ equity.  

Forward Currency Exchange Contracts—Beginning in September 2007, the Company entered in forward currency exchange 
contracts in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting 
units’ functional currency would be offset by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds. In 
accordance with FAS No. 52, the Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its market 
value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings as a currency gain or loss.  

50 

 
Effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, FAS No. 157 requires that assets and liabilities that are measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis be categorized according to a three level hierarchies established in the opinion which prioritizes the inputs 
used in measuring fair value. Fair value of the forward currency contracts are determined on the last day of each reporting period 
using quoted prices in active markets, which are supplied to the Company by the foreign currency trading operation of its bank. Under 
FAS No. 157, items valued based on quoted prices in active markets are Level 1 items. The following is summary of items that the 
Company measures at fair value as of December 31, 2008:  

Liabilities: 
Forward currency exchange contracts ....................................................... $ 

230 

$  —     $  —   

$ 

230 

Level 1  

Level 2  

Level 3  

Total  

We have elected a partial deferral of SFAS 157 under the provisions of FSP 157-2 related to the measurement of fair value used when 
evaluating goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment and valuing asset retirement obligations and 
liabilities for exit or disposal activities.  

Financial Instruments and Credit Risk Concentrations—Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to 
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, trade receivables and payables. The Company maintains its cash balances and 
marketable securities at Detroit, Michigan and Toronto, Canada. Accounts in the United States are insured by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation up to $250. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had uninsured balances of $424 and $469, 
respectively.  

At December 31, 2008, the Company had entered into a series of forward currency exchange contracts. The contracts obligate the 
Company to purchase approximately CND $3.0 million in total. The contracts which are in various amounts mature between 
January 5, 2009 and December 31, 2009. Under the contract, the Company will purchase Canadian dollars at exchange rates between 
.8203 and .9587. The Canadian to US dollar exchange rates were .8210 and .7870 at December 31, 2008 and February 27, 2009, 
respectively. At December 31, 2008, the Company had recognized a liability of $230 in connection with the forward contracts held by 
the Company. At December 31, 2007, the Company had a recognized asset of $159 in connection with the forward contracts held by 
the Company. The Company purchases forward contracts in relationship so that gains and losses on its forward contracts offset 
exchange gains and losses on its on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency. 
Forward currency exchange contracts, if not offset by existing foreign currency positions, will result in the recognition of gains and 
losses which are not offset.  

As of December 31, 2008 four individual customers accounted for 52% of total company accounts receivable at 20%, 12%, 10%, and 
10%, respectively. Conversely, as of December 31, 2007 no single customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivables. 
Three customers were responsible for 31% of 2008 consolidated revenue. However, in 2007, no customers accounted for 10% or 
greater of the Company’s revenue and two customers accounted for 25% of 2006 revenue.  

In 2008, purchase from one supplier accounted for 12% of total Company purchases. For 2007, purchases from any single supplier did 
not exceed 10% of total purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company purchased 18% of total purchases from a 
single vendor.  

Research and Development Expenses. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. For the periods ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 expenses were $819, $807, and $206, respectively.  

Advertising—Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $421, $289, and $74 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 
and 2006, respectively.  

Litigation Claims—In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel.  

Shipping and Handling—The Company records the amount of shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue. The cost 
incurred for shipping and handling is included in the cost of sales.  

Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. 
Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.  

51 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” 
which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been 
included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the 
year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future 
taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. The Company could not conclude that it was more 
likely than not that the entire deferred tax asset related to the Company’s net operating losses (“NOL”) would be fully utilized. As 
such, valuation allowances are established for the amount that total deferred tax assets exceed total deferred tax liabilities, except for 
certain state tax credits. See Note 10, Income Taxes, for further details.  

Accrued Warranties—Warranty costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s products are typically sold with 
a warranty covering defects that arise during a fixed period of time. The specific warranty offered is a function of customer 
expectations and competitive forces.  

A liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The liability is established using historical warranty claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. The current provision may be adjusted to take into 
account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future warranty claims. Adjustments to the initial 
warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to 
ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential warranty liability.  

Sale and Leaseback—In accordance with FASB 13, 66 and 98, the Company has recorded deferred revenue in relationship to the sale 
and leaseback of one of our operating facilities. As such, the gain on the sale of the land and building has been deferred and is being 
amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the lease.  

Computation of EPS—Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average 
number of common shares outstanding during the period.  

The number of shares related to options, warrants, restricted stock and similar instruments included in diluted EPS (“EPS”) is based on 
the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in SFAS No. 128. This method assumes theoretical repurchase of shares using proceeds of 
the respective stock option or warrant exercised, and for restricted stock the amount of compensation cost attributed to future services 
which has not yet been recognized and the amount of current and deferred tax benefit, if any, that would be credited to additional paid 
in capital upon the vesting of the restricted stock, at a price equal to the issuer’s average stock price during the related earnings period. 
Accordingly, the number of shares includable in the calculation of EPS in respect of the stock options, warrants, restricted stock and 
similar instruments is dependent on this average stock price and will increase as the average stock price increases.  

Securities of a subsidiary that are convertible into its parent company’s common stock shall be considered among potential common 
shares of the parent company for the purposes of computing consolidated diluted EPS.  

Including the contingently convertible debt and warrants in the diluted EPS calculation is anti-dilutive when there is a loss and is, 
therefore, excluded from the diluted per share calculation under paragraph 16 of SFAS 128. The effect of applying paragraph 16 of 
SFAS 128 was to exclude 820,044, shares from the diluted EPS calculation of the years ended December 31, 2006.  

Stock Based Compensation—In accordance with SFAS No. 123R “Share Based Payments” share-based payments to employees, 
including grants of restricted stock units, are measured at fair value as of the date of grant and are expensed in the consolidated 
statement of operations over the service period (generally the vesting period).  

Comprehensive income—Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 130 “Reporting Comprehensive Income” 
requires reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income includes, in addition to net 
earnings, other items that are reported as direct adjustments to stockholder’s equity. Currently, the only Comprehensive income 
adjustment required for the Company is a foreign currency translation adjustment. Comprehensive income was $1,033, $2,038, 
($8,945) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.  

Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2007 and 2006 financial statements to conform to the 2008 
presentation.  

52 

 
Variable Interest Entities—In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 46 
(Revised), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN No. 46R”). This pronouncement clarifies the application of Accounting 
Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, and changes the criteria by which one Company includes another entity 
in its consolidated financial statements. This may occur when equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial 
interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional financial subordinated support 
from other parties. Although the Company is not required to consolidate under FIN 46R; the Company has determined that it has a 
variable interest in a related entity, for which it is not the primary beneficiary.  

The Company had a variable interest in the related entity primarily because of the common shareholder ownership between the 
Company and GT Distribution, LLC; the Company is exposed to risk in regards to its variable interest. The Company both purchases 
from and sells to GT Distribution. The Company’s exposure will vary in the future and is dependent on purchases from and sales to 
GT Distribution as well as payments made to or received from GT Distribution.  

At June 30, 2007, the company had a significant variable interest in the related entity in the form of a receivable in the amount of 
$4,219. Primarily because of the common shareholder ownership between the Company and GT Distribution, LLC, the Company is 
exposed to risk in regards to its variable interest. At June 30, 2007, the exposure to the Company was the carrying amount of the 
receivable recorded at $4,219. On July 31, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of GT Distribution (the 
Noble forklift product line assets) from GT Distribution. The Company received the Noble product line assets in settlement of the 
$4,219 receivable from GT Distribution. See Note 16—“Noble Product Line Assets Acquisition” for further details regarding the 
transaction.  

At December 31, 2007, the Company had a net receivable from GT Distribution of approximately $300. During the year ended 
December 31, 2007 GT Distribution, LLC had revenue of approximately $25,475 and at December 31, 2007 had total assets of $7,601 
and totaled liabilities $12,882.  

On October 6, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff Lift Truck Inc. (“Schaeff”) 
and Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane,” together with Schaeff, the “Sellers”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase 
Agreement”) with the Sellers and their parent company, GT Distribution, LLC (“GT”). The aggregate consideration paid in 
connection with this acquisition was $3,684 consisting of (i) 269,378 shares of the Company common stock valued at $867 (ii) a 
promissory note for $2,000 (iii) and payment of $751 to payoff Crane’s line of credit.  

Mr. Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and CEO” owned 38.8% of the membership interests of GT. Due to the related-party aspects 
of this transaction, the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were approved by a committee of the 
Company’s independent Directors (the “Special Committee”) and the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The 
Special Committee also received a fairness opinion from an independent financial advisory firm that the consideration to be paid by 
the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to acquire the Sellers’ assets and liabilities, including the shares of the Company’s 
common stock issued pursuant to the Restructuring Agreement (as defined below), is fair from a financial point of view. In January 
2009, Mr. Langevin assigned his ownership interest in GT to Bob Litchev, a Senior Vice President of Manitex International, Inc.  

After the sale of Crane and Schaeff, GT had two remaining operations SL Industries, Ltd and BGI USA, Inc. (“BGI”) SL Industries, 
Ltd. is located in Bulgaria fabricates machined parts which it sells primarily to our Manitex subsidiary. BGI assembles parts received 
generally from SL Industries or Manitex subsidiary and sells them to our Manitex Subsidiary. At December 31, 2008, the Company 
had net payable to GT and subsidiaries of approximately $175. At December 31, 2008, the Company determined that it no longer had 
a variable interest entity.  

4. Discontinued Operations  
Against the background of operating losses generated in recent history by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operations 
based at Wixom, Michigan, the Company conducted a strategic review of these operations. On March 29, 2007, our Board of 
Directors approved a plan to sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s operating assets including its inventory, machinery 
and equipment and patents. As a result, our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment has been accounted for as a discontinued 
operation starting with the first quarter of 2007 until its disposition.  

In December 2006, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $6,632 relating to the carrying value of the segment’s long lived 
assets and its inventory. In the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded a provision for the expected loss on the 
sale of discontinued operations of $366. The reserve for loss on sale of discontinued operations was reduced by $76 in the second 
quarter 2007 and $33 in the third quarter 2007 as the severance accrual was decreased as the Company’s estimate for severance costs 
was lowered. In the third quarter 2008, the reserve for loss on sales was reduced by $200 as it was determined that reserve contract 
terminations were no longer necessary.  

53 

 
  
On July 5, 2007 the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with EuroMaint Industry, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
(“EuroMaint”). Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to sell and EuroMaint agreed to purchase 
certain assets of the Company used in connection with the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment business. EuroMaint also 
assumed and agreed to pay, perform and discharge when due certain obligations of the Company arising in connection with the 
operation of the Company’s diesel engine testing equipment business. In addition to the assumption of those certain assumed 
liabilities, EuroMaint agreed to pay to the Company the aggregate purchase price of $1,100. This transaction closed on August 1, 
2007. In August 2007, the Company sold at auction all the remaining tangible assets of the former Testing & Assembly Equipment 
segment, comprised of inventory and fixed assets. The Company recorded a gain of $209 on the sale of assets in the third quarter of 
2007. The remaining balance of $172 shown as assets held for sale is comprised of trade receivables and other receivables at 
December 31, 2007 were collected in the normal course.  

The following table sets forth the detail of balance sheet captions for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2007.  

Accounts receivable, net ........................................................................................................................ $ 
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net ...........................................................................

Total current assets.......................................................................................................................

Accrued expenses ..................................................................................................................................

Total current liabilities ................................................................................................................. $ 

2007  
132  
40  
172  
265  
265  

The following table sets forth the detail of the net loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006:  

2008  
Revenues from discontinued operations................................................................. $  —   
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes..........................
199 
  —   
Benefit from income taxes (benefit).......................................................................
199 
Net Income (loss) from discontinued operations....................................................
200 
Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations ....................................................... $ 

2007  
1,524  
(1,122) 
—    
(1,122) 
(48) 

$ 

$ 

2006  
5,092  
(9,429) 
(1,087) 
(8,342) 
—    

$ 

$ 

In 2007, the Company did not record a tax benefit attributable to losses from discontinued operations as the Company may not utilize 
such loss in future years.  

The estimated gain on sale is shown below:  

Category of Closure Cost 
Employee termination costs......................................................................................................... $ 
Net gain on sale of assets, net of income taxes of $0...................................................................

Estimated Cost  
(57)
209 

Total gain on sale of discontinued operations.............................................................................. $ 

152 

54 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
The year 2006 was adjusted to reflect the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued operation as shown below:  

Net revenues .................................................................................................................. $ 
Cost of sales ...................................................................................................................

Gross profit...........................................................................................................
Operating expenses ........................................................................................................

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations ...........................................
Other income and (expense) ..........................................................................................

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes...........................
Income tax (benefit).......................................................................................................

Net loss from continuing operations.....................................................................
Loss from operations of discontinued Testing & Assembly Equipment segment .........

Net loss................................................................................................................. $ 

Note 5. Inventory  
The components of inventory at December 31 are summarized as follows:  

45,768   $ 
41,646  
4,122  
12,392  
(8,270) 
(1,945) 
(10,215) 
(1,326) 
(8,889) 
—    
(8,889)  $ 

As 
Initially 
Reported  

The Year Ended December 31, 2006  
Reclassified to 
Discontinued 
Operations  
(5,092)
(6,743)

$ 

As Reported  
40,676 
34,903 

1,651 
(7,778)

9,429 
—   

9,429 
1,087 

8,342 
(8,342)

—   

$ 

5,773 
4,614 

1,159 
(1,945)

(786)
(239)

(547)
(8,342)

(8,889)

Raw materials and purchased parts......................................................................... $ 
Work in process ......................................................................................................
Finished goods and replacement parts ....................................................................

Inventories, net ....................................................................................................... $ 

Note 6. Property, Plant and Equipment  
Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:  

Building .................................................................................................................... $ 
Machinery and equipment ........................................................................................
Furniture and fixtures ...............................................................................................
Leasehold improvements ..........................................................................................
Assets under development ........................................................................................
Computer software & equipment..............................................................................
Rental cranes.............................................................................................................
Motor vehicles ..........................................................................................................

Totals...............................................................................................................
Less: accumulated depreciation ................................................................................

Net property and equipment .................................................................. $ 

2008  
15,254  
1,173  
5,639  
22,066  

2007  
13,047  
1,429  
1,572  
16,048  

$ 

$ 

2008  
4,913  
1,382  
41  
145  
77  
641  
197  
117  
7,513  
(1,635) 
5,878  

2007  
4,913  
991  
9  
71  
270  
450  
—    
59  
6,763  
(985) 
5,778  

$ 

$ 

Depreciation expense was $299 (net of $381 amortization of deferred gain on building), $324 (net of $380 amortization of deferred 
gain on building) and $87 (net of $190 amortization of deferred gain on building), in 2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively. All Company 
assets were recorded in compliance with the provisions of SFAS No. 13. The gross value of the building capitalized was $4,913. At 
December 31, 2008 included in accumulated depreciation is $1,039 related to the capitalized building and the truck leases.  

55 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  
The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. 
Under SFAS No. 142, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite and 
definite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.  

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to 
the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and customer 
relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted flow approach. Intangibles, except 
goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  

2008  

Patented and unpatented technology..................................................................... $  10,609  
(2,554) 
Amortization .........................................................................................................
9,580  
Customer relationships..........................................................................................
(996) 
Amortization .........................................................................................................
4,957  
Trade names and trademarks ................................................................................
(448) 
Amortization .........................................................................................................
460  
Customer backlog .................................................................................................
(460) 
Amortization .........................................................................................................
21,148  
Intangible assets....................................................................................................
14,452  
Goodwill ...............................................................................................................
Goodwill and other intangibles ............................................................................. $  35,600  

2007  
$  10,684  
(1,501) 
8,310  
(554) 
4,675  
(262) 
474  
(474) 
21,352  
14,065  
$  35,417  

Useful Lives  

10-17 years  

10-20 years  

  25 years-indefinite  

< 1 year  

Amortization expense was $1,710, $1,784 and $962 for the periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 
respectively.  

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years and subsequent is as follows:  

2009 ................................................................................................................................................. $ 
2010 .................................................................................................................................................
2011 .................................................................................................................................................
2012 .................................................................................................................................................
2013 .................................................................................................................................................
And subsequent................................................................................................................................

Total ....................................................................................................................................... $ 

 1,793  
1,793  
1,793  
1,793  
1,793  
12,183  
21,148  

56 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Note 8. Accrual Detail  

As of December 31,  
2007  
2008  

Account payable: 
Trade ................................................................................................................................................................. $  11,127  
956  
Bank overdraft ..................................................................................................................................................
Total accounts payable ............................................................................................................................ $  12,083  

Accrued expenses: 
Accrued payroll................................................................................................................................................. $ 
Accrued employee Health.................................................................................................................................
Accrued bonuses ...............................................................................................................................................
Accrued vacation Expense................................................................................................................................
Accrued interest ................................................................................................................................................
Accrued commissions .......................................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses—Other ................................................................................................................................
Accrued warranty..............................................................................................................................................
Accrued taxes....................................................................................................................................................
Accrued product Liability .................................................................................................................................
Accrued liability on forward currency exchange contracts...............................................................................

Total accrued expenses............................................................................................................................ $ 

153  
217  
426  
393  
109  
185  
196  
668  
125  
135  
230  
2,837  

$  9,543  
  —    
$  9,543  

$ 

120  
216  
1,359  
388  
237  
219  
370  
950  
179  
370  
  —    
$  4,408  

Note 9. Line of Credit and Debt  
Revolving Credit Facility  
At December 31, 2008, the Company had drawn $14,862 under a revolving credit facility. The Company is eligible to borrow up to 
$20,500, with interest at prime rate (prime was 3.25% at December 31, 2008) plus .25%. The maximum amount of outstanding is 
limited to the sum of 85% of eligible receivable, the lesser of 65% of eligible inventory or $8,000 plus $500. On January 1, 2009 the 
$500 is reduced to zero. At December 31, 2008, the maximum the Company could borrow based on available collateral was capped at 
$20,412. The credit facility’s original maturity date was January 2, 2005. The maturity date has subsequently been extended and the 
note is now due on April 1, 2010. The indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of the Company assets. Additionally, certain 
shareholders or former shareholders of the Company have personally guaranteed $500 of the note. The facility contains customary 
limitations including, but not limited to, acquisitions, dividends, repurchase of the Company’s stock and capital expenditures. The 
Agreement also requires the Company to have a minimum Tangible Effective Net Worth, as defined in the agreement and 1.2 to 1 
Debt Service Ratio, as defined in the agreement.  

Revolving Canadian Credit Facility  
At December 31, 2008, the Company had drawn $2,133 (US) under a revolving credit agreement with a bank. The Company is 
eligible to borrow up to $4,500 (CDN). The maximum amount outstanding is limited to the sum of 80% of eligible receivables and the 
lesser of 50% of eligible inventory or CDN $2,500. At December 31, 2008, the maximum the Company could borrow based on 
available collateral was CDN $4,402 or US $3,614. The indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of Manitex Liftking ULC’s 
assets. The Company can borrow in either U.S. or Canadian dollars. For the purposes of determining availability under the credit line, 
borrowings in U.S. dollars are converted to Canadian dollars based on the most favorable spot exchange rate determined by the bank 
to be available to it at the relevant time. Any borrowings under the facility in Canadian dollars bear interest at the Canadian prime rate 
(the Canadian prime was 3.5% at December 31, 2008) plus 1.5%. Any borrowings under the facility in U.S. dollars bear interest at the 
U.S. prime rate (prime was 3.25% at December 31, 2008) plus .25%. The credit facility has a maturity date of April 1, 2010. On 
January 26, 2009 the agreement was amended which limits the maximum amount outstanding under the Canadian Note to the sum of 
(1) 80% of eligible receivables, plus (2) the lesser of 30% of eligible work-in-process inventory or CDN $500 plus (3) the lesser of 
50% of eligible inventory less work-in-process inventory or CDN $3.0 million. Under the New Advance Formula Agreement, at 
January 26, 2009, the maximum the Company could borrow based on available collateral was CDN $4.5 million.  

57 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note Payable Issued to Acquire QVM  
In connection with the acquisition of the membership interests of QVM, the Company issued a note payable to the former members of 
QVM for $1,072. The note matures on the earlier of July 2, 2009, upon a change in control as defined in the note or if the Company 
receives cash proceeds of at least $25,000 from the sale of its common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for its common 
stock. Interest is payable on the first day of each calendar quarter, commencing on September 1, 2006. The Interest is computed using 
the prime rate announced by Comerica Bank at its Detroit office on the last business day immediately preceding the applicable interest 
payment date. In the event of default interest is accelerated and increased to prime plus 3%.  

Under an agreement dated May 2, 2008, the Company issued 211,074 shares of the Company’s common stock to former Members of 
QVM and the note was cancelled. See Note 17 for additional details  

Note Payable Issued to Acquire Liftking Industries  
In connection with the Liftking Industries’ Acquisition, the Company has a note payable to the seller for $1,800 (CDN) or 
$1,478 (US). The Note shall provide for interest at 1% over the prime rate of interest charged by Comerica Bank for Canadian dollar 
loans, calculated from the closing date and payable quarterly in arrears commencing April 1, 2007, and for principal payments of two 
hundred thousand dollars (CDN) quarterly commencing April 1, 2007, with the final installment of principal and interest thereon due 
April 1, 2011. The note payable is subject to a general security agreement which subordinates the seller’s security interest to the 
interest of the buyer’s senior secured credit facility, but shall otherwise rank ahead of the seller’s other secured creditors.  

Note Payable—Bank  
At December 31, 2008, the Company has a $1,833 note payable to a bank. The note payable to the bank was assumed in connection 
with the QVM acquisition. The note was due on September 10, 2006 .The maturity date has subsequently been extended and the note 
is now due on April 1, 2010. The note has an interest rate of prime plus 1% until maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or 
until default, as defined in the agreement, and after that at a default rate of prime plus 4%. Until June 30, 2008 the Company was not 
required to make principal payments, but was required to make interest payments on the first day of each month. Commencing on 
July 1, 2008, the Company is also required to make monthly principal payments of $50 on the first day of each month. The bank has 
been granted security interest in substantially all the assets of the Company’s Manitex subsidiary. Until October 18, 2007, the former 
members of QVM guaranteed the note. On October 18, 2007, the bank released the former members of QVM from their guarantees.  

Note Payable—Bank  
At December 31, 2008, the Company has a $58 note payable to a bank. The note dated October 16, 2008 had an original principal 
amount of $82 and an annual interest rate of 4.35%. Under the terms of the note the company is required to make ten monthly 
payments of $8 commencing November 13, 2008. The proceeds from the note were used to pay annual premiums for certain insurance 
policies carried by the Company. The holder of the note has a security interest the insurance policies it financed and has the right upon 
default to cancel these policies and receive any unearned premiums.  

Note Payable—Terex  
In connection with the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane”) and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc., 
(“Schaeff”), the Company agreed to assist the Sellers and GT in restructuring certain debt owed to Terex Corporation (“Terex”). 
Accordingly, on October 6, 2008, the Company entered into a Restructuring Agreement with Terex and Crane pursuant to which the 
Company executed and deliver to Terex a promissory note in the amount of $2,000 that has an annual interest rate of 6%. Terex has 
been granted a lien on and security interest in all of the assets of Crane & Machinery Division.  

The Company is required to make annual principal payments to Terex of $250 commencing on March 1, 2009 and on each year 
thereafter through March 1, 2016. So long as the Company’s common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ or another national 
stock exchange, the Company may opt to pay up to $150 of each annual principal payment in shares of the Company’s common stock 
having a market value of $150. Accrued interest under the Term Note will be payable quarterly commencing on January 1, 2009.  

Upon an event of default under the Term Note, Terex may elect, among other things, to accelerate the Company’s indebtedness 
thereunder. The Term Note contains customary events of default, including (1) the Company’s failure to pay principal and interest 
when due, (2) events of bankruptcy, (3) cross-defaults under the Restructuring Agreement and other indebtedness, (4) judgment 
defaults and (5) a change in control of the Company.  

58 

 
  
Note payable floorplan  
On December 31, 2008, the Company has a $1,252 note payable to a finance company. Under the floorplan agreement the Company 
may borrow up to $2.0 million for equipment financing and are secured by all inventory financed by or leased from the Lender and the 
proceeds therefrom. The terms and conditions of any loans, including interest rate, commencement date, and maturity date shall be 
determined by the Lender upon its receipt of the Company’s request for an extension of credit. At December 31, 2008, outstanding 
loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus 6% (which may 
be increased upon the Lender giving five days written notice to the Company). For twelve months commencing on January 15, 2009, 
the Company is only required to make interest payments, followed by 48 equal monthly payments of principal and interest. The loan 
may be repaid at anytime and is not subject any prepayment penalty.  

Capital Leases  
The Company has a twelve year lease which expires in April 2018 that provides for monthly initial lease payments of $70 for its 
Georgetown, Texas facility. The lease has been classified as a capital lease under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. The 
capitalized lease obligation related to aforementioned lease as of December 31, 2008 is $4,422. Additionally, the Company has a 60 
month truck lease which expires on September 8, 2011 that provides for monthly leases payments of $1. As of December 31, 2008, the 
capitalized lease obligation related to aforementioned lease is $23. See Note 12 for further information regarding capital lease 
obligations.  

Note 10. Income Taxes  
Information pertaining to the Company’s income before income taxes is as follows:  

Year ended December 31,  
2007  

2008  

2006  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes: 

Domestic ................................................................................................................................ $  1,283   $  1,856 
433 
Foreign ...................................................................................................................................
Total net income (loss) before income taxes .......................................................................... $  1,392   $  2,289 

109  

$ 

(295)
(491)

$ 

(786)

Information pertaining to the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:  

Year ended 
December 31,  

2008  

2007  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes: 

Current: 

Federal ................................................................................................................................................. $ 
State and local......................................................................................................................................
Foreign.................................................................................................................................................

6  
51  
(3) 
54  

Deferred: 

Federal .................................................................................................................................................
State and local......................................................................................................................................
Foreign.................................................................................................................................................

$  —   
163 
  —   

163 

  —   
  —   
  —   

  —   

$  163 

28  
(489) 
  —    
(461) 
(407) 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes.............................................................................................................. $ 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $407 (an effective tax rate of -29.23%), primarily 
related to the recognition of a deferred tax asset for the Texas Temporary Margin Credit as a result of the resolution of an income tax 
examination. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a tax provision of $163 (an effective tax rate of 7.12%) 
related to current state and local income taxes.  

59 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
as follows:  

Deferred tax assets: 
Current: 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities......................................................................................... $ 

Long-term: 

Deferred gain ...............................................................................................................................
Net operating loss carryforwards .................................................................................................
Tax credit carryforwards..............................................................................................................

Total deferred tax asset.......................................................................................................
Valuation allowance ....................................................................................................................

Total deferred tax asset net of valuation allowance............................................................

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Long-term: 

Property, plant and equipment .....................................................................................................
Intangibles....................................................................................................................................
Unrealized foreign currency gain.................................................................................................

Total deferred tax liability..................................................................................................

Net deferred tax asset...................................................................................................................................... $ 

The effective tax rate before income taxes varies from the current statutory federal income tax rate as follows:  

Year ended 
December 31,  

2008  

2007  

975  

$ 

1,087  

1,207  
3,246  
606  
6,034  
(1,387) 
4,647  

1,336  
3,586  
31  
6,040  
(1,385) 
4,655  

137  
4,002  
47  
4,186  
461  

31  
4,285  
339  
4,655  
$  —    

Statutory rate..................................................................................................................................................
State and local taxes.......................................................................................................................................
Permanent differences....................................................................................................................................
Change in tax reserves ...................................................................................................................................
Change in valuation allowance ......................................................................................................................
Other ..............................................................................................................................................................

Year ended 
December 31,  

2008  
34.00%  
.30  
1.33  
.90  
-65.65  
-.11  
-29.23%  

2007  
34.00%
1.25  
1.02  
4.33  
-33.48  
  —    
7.12%

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future 
taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. Due to the uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability 
to utilize its net operating losses in the future, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against certain of its deferred tax 
assets. The increase in the valuation allowance was primarily attributable to the current year utilization of net operating losses offset 
by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences.  

As of December 31, 2008, the Company has approximately $9,500 of federal net operating loss carryforwards. Such loss 
carryforwards expire beginning in 2023 through 2027, if not utilized, and may be subject to certain utilization limitations provided by 
the Internal Revenue Code. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has approximately $1,500 of Texas Temporary Margin Tax 
Credit that may be utilized through 2026, subject to certain annual limitations.  

60 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), on 
January 1, 2007. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is 
as follows:  

Balance at January 1 .......................................................................................................... $ 
Increases in tax positions for prior years ...........................................................................
Decreases in tax positions for prior years ..........................................................................
Increases in tax positions for current year .........................................................................
Settlements.........................................................................................................................
Lapse in statute of limitations............................................................................................

Balance at December 31 .................................................................................................... $ 

2008  
184  
  —    
  —    
13  
  —    
  —    
197  

2007  
85  
$ 
  —    
  —    
99  
  —    
  —    
184  
$ 

Of the amounts reflected in the above table at December 31, 2008, the entire amount would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax 
rate if recognized. The Company had approximately $52 of accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2008. The Company 
records accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying 
consolidated statement of operations. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 
12 months.  

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and Canada as well as various state and local tax jurisdictions with varying 
statutes of limitations. The 2005 through 2008 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax 
authorities.  

In the normal course of business, various tax authorities examine us, including the IRS. The IRS is currently conducting an 
examination of Manitex, LLC for the tax year ended December 31, 2005. Although the outcome of these matters cannot be currently 
determined, we believe that adequate provision has been made for any potential unfavorable financial statement impact.  

Note 11. Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures  
Interest received and paid, income taxes paid and non-cash transactions incurred during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 
and 2006 were as follows:  

Interest Received................................................................................................................................... $  —     $ 
2,024    
Interest Paid ..........................................................................................................................................
161    
Income Taxes........................................................................................................................................
Non-Cash Transactions: 

2008  

2007  

2006  

39 
1,713 
631 

6  $ 

3,467 
157 

Acquisition note—Crane and Schaeff – Terex note ....................................................................
Acquisition stock—Crane and Schaeff........................................................................................
Purchase adjustment—decreasing Noble beginning inventory ...................................................
Purchase adjustment—increase goodwill (see Note 16)..............................................................
Acquisition note—QVM .............................................................................................................
Acquisition note—Lifting Industries, Inc....................................................................................
Acquisition stock—QVM............................................................................................................
Acquisition stock—Liftking Industries, Inc ................................................................................
Offset of inventory purchases against related party note (see note 21) .......................................
Reserves for uncertain tax positions............................................................................................
Forgiveness of GT Distribution debt in connection with acquisition of Noble forklift product 
line assets (see note 16) ..........................................................................................................
Conversion of Debt to Stock (see note 9)....................................................................................

2,000     —   
867     —   
(112)
  —   
112     —   
  —       —   
  —       —   
  —       —   
  —       —   
  —      
502 
13    
99 

  —   
  —   
  —   
  —   
1,072 
2,796 
916 
1,024 
  —   
  —   

  —      

4,219 
1,072     —   

  —   
  —   

Note 12. Operating and Capital Leases  
The Company has a twelve year lease which expires in April 2018 that provides for monthly lease payments of $70 for its 
Georgetown, Texas facility. The lease has been classified as a capital lease under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. At 
December 31, 2008, the Company has outstanding capital lease obligation of $4,422.  

61 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company leases its Woodbridge, Ontario facility under an operating lease. Monthly payments under the lease are $31. The lease 
expires November 29, 2009. Total rent expense related to this lease was $440, $458 and $32 for the year ended December 31, 2008, 
2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company also paid rent of approximately $100 to lease a facility in Georgetown, Ontario for part of 
2007. The lease on the Georgetown, Ontario facility expired before December 31, 2007.  

The Company leases its Bridgeview facility under an operating lease. Monthly payments under the lease are $28. The lease expires on 
May 31, 2010. The lease was assumed by the Company when it acquired Crane & Machinery on October 6, 2008. Total rent for the 
three months ended December 31, 2008 was $84.  

Total rent expense was $90, $67 and $28 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 for the remaining operating leases 
of the Company as determined under FASB No, 13 which includes leases for certain equipment and vehicles.  

Future Minimum Lease Payments are:  

Years 
2009 ........................................................................................................... $ 
2010 ...........................................................................................................
2011 ...........................................................................................................
2012 ...........................................................................................................
2013 ...........................................................................................................
Subsequent.................................................................................................

Total Minimum Lease Payments ............................................................... $ 

Less: imputed interest of approximately 12%............................................

Operating Leases  

782   $ 
258  
92  
41  
32  
141  
1,346   $ 

Present value of minimum lease payment ........................................

$ 

Capital Leases  
823 
823 
816 
804 
804 
3,484 

7,554 

3,109 

4,445 

Depreciation
Expense  

Capital Item – as of or for the year ended December 31, 2008 
Building—Georgetown, TX .................................................................................. $  4,913  $ 
Other Capitalized leases.........................................................................................

Cost  

29 

Capital Equipment Totals ............................................................................. $  4,942  $ 

Accumulated 
Depreciation  

1,038  $ 
1 

1,039  $ 

Capital Item – as of or for the year ended December 31, 2007 
Building—Georgetown, TX .................................................................................. $  4,913  $ 
Other Capitalized leases.........................................................................................

Cost  

472 

Capital Equipment Totals ............................................................................. $  5,385  $ 

623  $ 
89 

712  $ 

Accumulated 
Depreciation  

Depreciation
Expense  

Interest 
Expense 
568 
—   

35 $ 
1  

36 $ 

568 

Interest 
Expense 
595 
10 

35 $ 
82  

117 $ 

605 

Sales and Leaseback—In accordance with FASB 13, 66 and 98, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has deferred revenue 
of $3,549 and $3,930, respectively, related to the sales and leaseback of Georgetown operating facilities.  

Note 13. 401K Profit Sharing Plan  
The Company’s sponsors a 401K profit sharing plan that covers all the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment employees of 
the Company. The plan allowed eligible employees to withhold amounts from their pay on a pre-tax basis and invest in self directed 
investment accounts. The Company is in the process of terminating this plan.  

The Company’s Manitex, Inc. subsidiary also sponsors a 401K plan for all United States based employees. The plan is open to 
employees 21 years of age & older. There is no minimum employment duration required before eligibility. The plan allows for 
monthly enrollment and contribution changes.  

62 

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Prior to suspending its discretionary matching contribution on February 15, 2009, the Company discretionary match authorized by 
Manitex, Inc. was a dollar for dollar match on the first 3% of income, followed by a $.50 contribution for each dollar invested on the 
next 3% of income. There was no dollar limit regarding matched funds and the plan also calls for immediate vesting of the employer 
contribution component. The employer match was paid when payroll is processed.  

The amount paid in matching contributions by the company for 2008, 2007 and 2006 (a partial year from July 3, 2006, the QVM 
acquisition date, and December 31, 2006) are $256, $208 and $91, respectively.  

Note 14. Accrued Warranties  
A liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The liability is established using historical warranty claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management.  

The current provision may be adjusted to take into account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future 
warranty claims. Adjustments to the initial warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are 
necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential 
warranty liability.  

The following table summarizes the changes in product warranty liability:  

Balance January 1, ................................................................................................... $ 
Business acquired ....................................................................................................
Accrual for warranties issued during the year .........................................................
Warranty services provided .....................................................................................
Changes in estimates................................................................................................
Foreign currency translation ....................................................................................

Balance December 31, ............................................................................................. $ 

2008  

950  
40  
1,701  
(1,893) 
(106) 
(24) 
668  

2007  

822  
30  
1,211  
(1,160) 
—    
47  
950  

$ 

$ 

Note 15. Segment Information  
The Lifting Equipment segment is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company designs, manufactures and 
distributes, predominately through a network of dealers, a diverse group of products that serve different functions and are used in a 
variety of industries. The Company markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks and sign cranes, a complete line of rough terrain 
forklifts, including both the Liftking and Noble product lines, as well as special mission oriented vehicles, and other specialized 
carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. The Company lifting products are used in industrial 
applications, energy exploration and infrastructure development in the commercial sector and for military applications.  

The Equipment Distribution segment located in Bridgeview, Illinois is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes, Fuchs 
material handlers, Manitex boom trucks and sky cranes. The Equipment Distribution segment predominately sells its products to end 
users, including the rental market. Its products are used primarily for infrastructure development and commercial constructions, 
applications include road and bridge construction, general contracting, roofing, scrap handling and sign construction and maintenance. 
The Equipment Distribution segment supplies repair parts for a wide variety of medium to heavy duty construction equipment and 
sells both domestically and internationally. The segment also provides repair services in the Chicago area.  

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition. QVM 
and Manitex Liftking were acquired on July 3, 2006 and November 30, 2006, respectively. On July 31, 2007, the Company acquired 
the Noble Rough Terrain Product Line assets and October 6, 2008, the assets of Crane & Machinery, Inc. and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. 
were acquired.  

63 

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following is financial information for our two operating segments, i.e., Lifting Equipment and Equipment Distribution. The below 
financial information includes results for each of the above acquisitions from the respective date of acquisitions:  

Net Revenues 

Lifting Equipment............................................................................. $ 
Equipment Distribution.....................................................................

Total ........................................................................................ $ 

Operating Earnings 

Lifting Equipment............................................................................. $ 
Equipment Distribution.....................................................................
Corporate expenses ...........................................................................

Total operating income............................................................ $ 

Total Assets 

Lifting Equipment............................................................................. $ 
Equipment Distribution.....................................................................
Corporate ..........................................................................................
Discontinued operations ...................................................................

Total ........................................................................................ $ 

Year ended December 31,  
2007  

2008  

103,343  
2,998  
106,341  

6,382  
68  
(3,042) 
3,408  

79,635  
6,368  
225  
—    
86,228  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

106,946  
—    
106,946  

10,109  
—    
(3,756) 
6,353  

79,749  
—    
254  
172  
80,175  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2006  

40,676  
—    
40,676  

2,543  
—    
(1,384) 
1,159  

82,114  
—    
—    
1,730  
83,844  

Total foreign source net revenue was approximately $29,255, $21,230, and $5,071 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 
2006, respectively. Total long-lived assets related to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $889 and $1,128 for the 
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Detail information of external net revenues and long lived asset information 
by country is shown on the below tables:  

Net Revenues  

United States............................................................................... $ 
Canada ........................................................................................
Mexico ........................................................................................
Netherlands.................................................................................
United Arab Emirates .................................................................
Russia..........................................................................................
Indonesia.....................................................................................
Puerto Rico .................................................................................
Turkey.........................................................................................
China...........................................................................................
Chile ...........................................................................................
Other ...........................................................................................

$ 

2008  
77,086  
24,443  
2,343  
691  
487  
346  
292  
271  
200  
—    
104  
78  
106,341  

$ 

2007  
85,716  
17,829  
2,236  
172  

$ 

2006  
35,605  
4,538  
500  

845  

147  

1  
106,946  

$ 

33  
40,676  

$ 

Company attributes revenue to different geographic areas based on were items are shipped or services are performed.  

64 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Long Lived Asset  

United States........................................................................................................... $ 
Canada ....................................................................................................................

Total Long-Lived Assets............................................................................... $ 

2008  
44,654  
889  
45,543  

2007  
44,007  
1,128  
45,135  

$ 

$ 

Long-Lived Assets are based on where the operating unit is domiciled.  

Due to the nature of the Company’s business, the Company’s sales are concentrated with a small number of customers comprising a 
significant percentage of revenues. In 2008, three customers individually represented 11%, 10% and 10% of total Company revenues. 
However, in 2007 no single customer represented 10% or greater of total Company revenues. In 2006, the Company had two 
customers with revenues that equaled or exceeded 10% of total revenues. The percentage for these two customers was 14% and 11%.  

Note 16. Acquisitions  
QVM (Manitex) Acquisition  
On July, 3, 2006, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006 and as amended on July 3, 2006 with Quantum Value 
Management, LLC (“QVM” or the “Parent”) and all of the members of the Parent (the “Members”), the Company purchased from the 
Members all the outstanding membership interest of the Parent (the “Acquisition”). The Company acquired the Manitex subsidiary 
through its acquisition of all the membership interest in the Parent. The aggregate consideration (the “Consideration”) paid in 
connection with the Acquisition was approximately $1,998, which was subject to post-closing working capital adjustments, consisting 
of (i) 234,875 shares of the Company common stock valued at $916, and (ii) a Non-Negotiable Subordinated Promissory Note for 
approximately $1,072.  

The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase business combination. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.  

The results of operations for the Acquisition have been included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations from the 
date of the Acquisition. The total cost of the acquisition is as follows:  

Acquisition Cost: 
Promissory note issued by Manitex International............................................................................. $ 
Manitex International common stock (234,875 @$3.90) .................................................................
Direct transaction fees and expenses ................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents received..................................................................................................

Total purchase price paid............................................................................................... $ 

Less non-cash items: 

Note.........................................................................................................................................
Common Stock........................................................................................................................

Net consideration paid ................................................................................................... $ 

1,072  
916  
11  
(1) 
1,998  

(1,072) 
(916) 
10  

The stock issued in connection with the acquisition of QVM is valued based on the average of closing prices for a four day period 
starting two days before the announcement of the acquisition and two days after the announcement of the acquisition.  

65 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
The above purchase price has been allocated based on the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price has 
been allocated based as follows (in thousands):  

Purchase Price Allocation: 
Trade receivables (net)................................................................................................................... $ 
Receivable from related parties .....................................................................................................
Inventories .....................................................................................................................................
Prepaid expense .............................................................................................................................
Building and Equipment ................................................................................................................
Tradename & Trademarks .............................................................................................................
Patented & Unpatented Technology ..............................................................................................
Customer Backlog .........................................................................................................................
Customer Relationships .................................................................................................................
Goodwill ........................................................................................................................................
Accounts payable...........................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses & other current liabilities .................................................................................
Federal taxes Payable ....................................................................................................................
Line of credit .................................................................................................................................
Note payable ..................................................................................................................................
Capital Lease Obligations..............................................................................................................
Deferred tax liability......................................................................................................................
Other long term liabilities ..............................................................................................................

Total purchase price paid ..................................................................................................... $ 

10,453  
4,945  
10,197  
480  
5,913  
4,200  
9,500  
400  
6,800  
13,390  
(10,241) 
(7,494) 
(579) 
(16,156) 
(20,000) 
(5,207) 
(4,518) 
(85) 
1,998  

The above purchase price allocation is materially different from the one that is in our 8-K/A that was filed on September 19, 2006. 
Building and equipment is now estimated at $5,913. In the earlier filing, it was estimated at $1,000. The material increase is the result 
of capitalizing the lease related to the Georgetown facility. Subsequent to the filing of the 8-K/A, it was determined that the lease was 
required to be capitalized under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. Capitalization of the lease results in an increase in building 
and equipment and a corresponding increase in capital lease obligations.  

Intangibles assets and goodwill increased from $27,180 to $34,290 which is principally the result of increases in liabilities at the date 
of acquisition. The increase reflects a deferred tax change of $6,208 (resulting in a deferred tax liability of $4,518) and an increase in 
accounts payable and accruals. The deferred tax liability is based on analysis of the differences between financial accounting and tax 
basis of the assets liabilities.  

Also since the 8-K/A was filed on September 19, 2006, a valuation study was completed in 2006 to allocate the purchase price. This 
resulted in a significant reduction of goodwill with an offsetting increase in identifiable intangibles. The identifiable intangibles have 
definitive lives and, therefore, are amortized. The amortization of the identifiable intangibles is not deductible for taxes purposes and, 
therefore, gives rise to a deferred tax liability. The non-deductible amortization was taken into account in completing the analysis 
referred to in preceding paragraph.  

Accounts payable and accruals were adjusted to account for additional liabilities that were discovered after the 8-K/A was filed.  

A history of operating margins and profitability, service and manufacturing base and a leading presence in the lifting equipment 
industry resulted in the recognition of $13,390 of Goodwill.  

Note payable Assumed in the QVM Acquisition  
QVM, at the date of the Acquisition, had a $20,000 note payable to a bank that was due on September 10, 2006. The maturity date has 
subsequently been extended and the note is now due on April 1, 2010. The note has an interest rate of prime plus 1% until maturity, 
whether by acceleration or otherwise, or until default, as defined in the agreement, and after that at a default rate of prime plus 4%. 
Interest is payable the first day of each month. The bank has been granted security interest in substantially all the assets of the 
Company’s Manitex subsidiary. The former members of QVM unconditionally guarantee the note.  

66 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Liftking Acquisition  
On November 30, 2006, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability 
company (“Manitex Liftking”) completed the acquisition (the “Liftking Acquisition”) of all of the operating assets of Liftking 
Industries, Inc. an Ontario, Canada corporation (“Lifting”). The aggregate consideration (the “Consideration”) paid in connection with 
the Acquisition was approximately $7,140. The Consideration paid includes $3,320 of cash, 266,000 exchangeable shares of common 
stock of Manitex Liftking, valued at $1,024 and a Non-Negotiable Subordinated Promissory Note for approximately $2,796.  

The total cost of the Liftking Industries acquisition is as follows:  

Acquisition Cost: 
Promissory note issued ..................................................................................................................... $ 
Exchangeable subsidiary common stock ..........................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................................................

Total purchase price paid............................................................................................... $ 

Less non cash items: 

Note.........................................................................................................................................
Exchangeable Subsidiary Stock ..............................................................................................

Net cash consideration paid ........................................................................................... $ 

The purchase price has been allocated as follows:  

Purchase Price Allocation: 
(Thousands of Dollars) 

Accounts receivable (Net) ................................................................................................................ $ 
Inventory...........................................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses...............................................................................................................................
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Other assets.......................................................................................................................................
Trade names & trademarks ...............................................................................................................
Technology .......................................................................................................................................
Customer backlog .............................................................................................................................
Customer relationships .....................................................................................................................
Accounts payable..............................................................................................................................
Accrued expense...............................................................................................................................
Progress & customer deposits...........................................................................................................

Total purchase price paid ........................................................................................................ $ 

2,796  
1,024  
3,320  
7,140  

(2,796) 
(1,024) 
3,320  

2,293  
6,926  
174  
385  
164  
83  
351  
63  
330  
(2,669) 
(355) 
(605) 
7,140  

Noble Product Line Asset Acquisition  
On July 31, 2007, Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”) entered into an asset purchase agreement with GT Distribution, LLC, a 
related party, (“GT Distribution”) pursuant to which GT Distribution transferred all of its rights and interest in the Noble forklift 
product line (“Noble”) to the Company in exchange for the discharge of obligations and trade payables of GT Distribution and certain 
of its subsidiaries totaling $4,219 and assumption by the Company of certain liabilities associated with the Product Line.  

David J. Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, had a significant ownership interest in GT Distribution. As 
a result, the Company received a fairness opinion from an independent financial advisor and the approval of a special independent 
committee of the Company’s board of directors prior entering into this transaction.  

The Noble product line production is being integrated into our two current production facilities which are located in Woodbridge, 
Ontario and Georgetown, Texas. The results for the Noble have been included in the accompanying consolidated statement of 
operations from the date of the acquisition. Noble product line sales from August 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 were approximately 
$1,300 or slightly more than one percent of the Company’s 2007 annual sales.  

67 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
The purchase price of $4,219 has been allocated based on the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price 
has been allocated as follows (in thousands):  

Purchase Price Allocation: 
Trade receivables ............................................................................................................................... $ 
Inventories .........................................................................................................................................
Trade names & trademarks ................................................................................................................
Patented & unpatented technology ....................................................................................................
Customer relationships ......................................................................................................................
Goodwill ............................................................................................................................................
Accounts payable...............................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses & other current liabilities .....................................................................................
Payable to related parties ...................................................................................................................

Total purchase price paid ......................................................................................................... $ 

195  
1,155  
380  
780  
1,130  
787  
(156) 
(30) 
(22) 
4,219  

A reputation for superior product design, access to a preferred network of dealers and a leading presence in the lifting equipment 
industry resulted in the recognition of $787 of goodwill.  

During the three months ended June 30, 2008, the Company has completed it assessment of the inventory and determined that $112 of 
the inventory at date of acquisition was unusable. As a result, the purchase allocation was adjusted to decrease inventory by $112 and 
to increase goodwill by $112 to $787.  

Crane and Schaeff Acquisition  
On October 6, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff Lift Truck Inc. (“Schaeff”) 
and Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“Crane,” together with Schaeff, the “Sellers”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase 
Agreement”) with the Sellers and their parent company, GT Distribution, LLC (“GT”). The aggregate consideration paid in 
connection with this acquisition was $3,684 consisting of (i) 269,378 shares of the Company common stock valued at $867 (ii) a 
promissory note for $2,000 (iii) and payment of $751 to pay off Crane’s line of credit.  

Mr. Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and CEO” owned 38.8% of the membership interests of GT. Due to the related-party aspects 
of this transaction, the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were approved by a committee of the 
Company’s independent Directors (the “Special Committee”) and the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The 
Special Committee also received a fairness opinion from an independent financial advisory firm that the consideration to be paid by 
the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to acquire the Sellers’ assets and liabilities, including the shares of the Company’s 
common stock issued pursuant to the Restructuring Agreement (as defined below), is fair from a financial point of view. In January 
2009, Mr. Langevin assigned his ownership interest in GT to Bob Litchev, a Senior Vice President of Manitex International, Inc.  

The total cost of the Crane and Schaeff acquisition is as follows:  

Acquisition costs: 
Promissory note issued to Terex ....................................................................................................... $ 
Manitex International, Inc. Common Stock (269,377 @ 3.22).........................................................
Cash to payoff Crane’s line of credit ................................................................................................
Direct transactions fees and expenses...............................................................................................
Cash received....................................................................................................................................

Total price paid..............................................................................................................

Less: non-cash items: 

Note.........................................................................................................................................
Common Stock........................................................................................................................

Net consideration paid ................................................................................................... $ 

2,000  
867  
751  
112  
(46) 
3,684  

(2,000) 
(867) 
817  

68 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated based on management’s estimates as follows (in thousands):  

Crane  

Schaeff  

Total  

Purchase price allocation: 
Trade receivables (net)................................................................................................................... $ 
Other receivables ...........................................................................................................................
Inventories .....................................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses............................................................................................................................
Fixed assets ....................................................................................................................................
Trade name & trademarks..............................................................................................................
Customer relationships...................................................................................................................
Goodwill ........................................................................................................................................
Trade payables ...............................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses ..........................................................................................................................
Customer deposits..........................................................................................................................
Capital lease obligations ................................................................................................................

335  
29  
719  
71  
40  
300  
1,340  
275  
(386) 
(134) 
(31) 
(25) 
$  2,533  

150  
$ 
  —    
1,293  
23  
189  
  —    
  —    
  —    
(428)
(76)
  —    
  —    
$  1,151  

$ 

485  
29  
2,012  
94  
229  
300  
1,340  
275  
(814)
(210)
(31)
(25)
$  3,684  

Having remained in continuous operation since 1977 there is inherent value in the Crane & Machinery brand. Crane has been the 
regions’ Terex dealer for much of its existence and enjoys a close association with Terex’s products and reputation in the construction 
equipment market. Because of Crane’s reputation for superior service, Crane has been the supplier of choice for new and used cranes, 
parts and service for many construction equipment operators. Its reputation is also a distinct advantage in attracting new customers and 
growing the business. The aforementioned factors resulted in the recognition of $275 of goodwill.  

The following unaudited pro forma information assumes the acquisitions of Schaeff and Crane occurred on January 1, 2008. The 
unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent the results of 
operations that would have been had the acquisition occurred as of the date indicated, nor of future results of operations. The 
unaudited pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousand, except per share data)  

Net revenues................................................................................................................ $ 
Net income from continuing operations ...................................................................... $ 
Income per share from continuing operations: 

Basic .................................................................................................................. $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................................... $ 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2008  
115,420  
1,539  

0.15  
0.15  

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2007  
129,242  
2,084  

0.24  
0.22  

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

Pro Forma Adjustment Note  
Pro Forma adjustments were made to give effect to the amortization of the intangibles recorded as a result of the acquisition, which 
would have resulted in $101 and $134 of additional amortization expense in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Additionally, Pro Forma 
adjustments were made to give effect to the interest on the notes to Terex in connection with the acquisition which would have 
resulted in $85 and $120 of additional interest expense in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Finally, basic and diluted shares were 
increased by 206,426 and 269,375 for 2008 and 2007 to into accounts shares issued as part of the acquisition consideration.  

Note 17. Equity  
Issuance of Common Stock and Warrants  
QVM Acquisition  
On July 3, 2006, the Company issued 234,875 shares of common stock in connection with its purchase of the Manitex subsidiary 
through the acquisition of all the membership interests of QVM.  

69 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Private Placement  
On November 15, 2006, the Company closed a $11,136 private placement of its common stock (the “Private Placement”) pursuant to 
the terms of a security purchase agreement entered into among the Company and certain institutional investors on November 3, 2006 
(the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company issued 2,750,000 shares of its 
common stock. In connection with the sale of stock the Company incurred investment banking fees of $778 and legal fees of 
approximately $61. The Company’s net cash proceeds after fees and expenses were $10,298 with $8,026 and $2,272 being allocated 
to common stock and warrants, respectively.  

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 to register resale of shares 
issued in the Private Placement and the shares underlying the warrants. The registration statement was declared effective on June 7, 
2007.  

Stock Warrants  
The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees based on the fair value of the equity instruments issued. The 
Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis under certain circumstances, and are callable by the Company on a cashless basis 
under certain circumstances. Roth Capital Partners, LLC acted as exclusive placement agent for the 2007 Private Placement and 
received cash and 105,000 warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock as a placement agent fee. The Warrants were issued the 
day after the closing of the 2007 Private Placement (September 11, 2007) and will be exercisable after the sixth month anniversary of 
the issuance date of the Warrants until September 11, 2012. The warrant holder can purchase 105,000 shares of the Company’s 
common stock. The Warrants have an exercise price of $7.18 per share.  

The Security Purchase Agreement provided for the issuance of Series A and Series B warrants. The Series A Warrants and the Series 
B Warrants (together the “Warrants”) were issued upon the closing of the Private Placement (November 15, 2006) and will be 
exercisable after the sixth month anniversary of the issuance date of the Warrants until November 15, 2011. The Series A warrant 
holders can purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series A Warrants have an exercise price of $4.05 per 
share. The Series B warrant holders can purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series B Warrants have an 
exercise price of $4.25 per share. During the 2007, the warrant holders exercised 100,000 Series A warrants and 346,000 Series B 
warrants.  

On November 15, 2006, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 192,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to 
a finder and to Roth Capital Partners, LLC for acting as placement agent in connection with the Private Placement. These warrants 
will be exercisable until November 15, 2011, and have an exercise price of $4.62 per share. On June 18, 2007, the Company and 
Hayden Communications, Inc. (“Hayden”) entered into a contract under which Hayden will provide public and investor relation 
services to the Company for a period of one year. The contract provides for the issuance of 15,000 warrants to Hayden 
Communications, Inc. Each warrant allows Hayden to purchase one share of Company Common Stock for $7.08 per share. The 
warrants are exercisable beginning on June 15, 2008 and expire on June 15, 2011. The warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis 
under certain circumstances. The warrants and underlying common stock are not registered under federal or state securities laws and, 
therefore, may not be sold or transferred by Hayden in the absence of registration or an exemption there from.  

At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company had issued and outstanding warrants as follows:  

Number of Warrants Shares 
December 31, 
2007  
450,000  
204,000  
192,500  
15,000  
105,000  

2008 
450,000  
204,000  
192,500  
  15,000  
105,000  

2006  
550,000  
550,000  
192,500  
—    
—    

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

4.05  November 15, 2011 
4.25  November 15, 2011 
4.62  November 15, 2011 
7.08  June 15, 2011 
7.18  September 11, 2012 

Private placement 
Private placement 
Placement Agent Fee 
Investor Relation Service 
Placement Agent Fee 

During 2007, 100,000 and 346,000 Series A and Series B warrants were exercised.  

70 

 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table contains information regarding warrants for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively:  

2008  

2007  

2006  

Outstanding on January 1......................
Issued ....................................................
Exercised...............................................
Cancelled ..............................................
Outstanding on December 31................
Weighted average exercise price........... $ 
Weighted average fair value of 

warrants granted during the year......

Weighted average remaining life of 

Price per Share 
4.05-7.18 
—   
—   
—   
4.05-7.18 

Warrants  

966,500  $ 
—   
—   
—   
966,500  $ 
4.59 

—   

warrants at December 31..................

  2.96 years 

Warrants  

Price per Share  
  1,292,500  $  4.05-$4.62 
120,000  $  7.08-$7.18 
(446,000) $  4.05-$4.25 
—   
966,500  $  4.05-$7.18 

—   

$ 

$ 

4.59 

276,368 

  3.96 years 

Warrants  
—   

Price per Share 
—   
  1,292,500  $  4.05-$4.62 
—   
—   
  1,292,500  $  4.05-$4.62 
$ 

—   
—   

4.22 

$  2,272,291 

  4.87 years 

The fair value of the warrants at date of issuance was estimated using the Black-Scholes Model with the following assumptions:  

Risk-free interest rate.............................................................................
Expected life ..........................................................................................
Expected dividends................................................................................
Expected volatility .................................................................................

2007  
4.070%-5.049% 

4-5 years  
None  

32.089%-35.099% 

2006  
4.632% 

5 years  
None  
52.189% 

Stock Issuance  
On June 11, 2007, Company issued 198,000 shares of common stock as warrant holders exercised 99,000 Series A warrants and 
99,000 Series B warrants. The exercise of warrants resulted in an increase in common stock of $1,161, of which approximately $822 
represented cash received upon the exercise of the warrants and the balance of approximately $339 represent the value of the exercised 
warrants as determined upon issuance of the warrants on November 15, 2006. As a result of exercise, the $339 which was previously 
included in shareholders’ equity under the caption warrants is transferred to common stock.  

On July 5, 2007, Company issued 246,000 shares of common stock as warrant holders exercised 246,000 Series B warrants. The 
exercise of warrants resulted in an increase in common stock of $1,463 of which approximately $1,046 represented cash received 
upon the exercise of the warrants and the balance of approximately $417 represent the value of the exercised warrants as determined 
upon issuance of the warrants on November 15, 2006. As a result of exercise, the $417 which was previously included in 
shareholders’ equity under the caption warrants is transferred to common stock.  

On July 30, 2007, Company issued 2,000 shares of common stock as a warrant holder exercised 1,000 Series A warrants and 1,000 
Series B warrants. The exercise of warrants resulted in an increase in common stock of $12 of which approximately $8 represented 
cash received upon the exercise of the warrants and the balance of approximately $3 represent the value of the exercised warrants as 
determined upon issuance of the warrants on November 15, 2006. As a result of exercise, the $3 which was previously included in 
shareholders’ equity under the caption warrants is transferred to common stock.  

On December 31, 2007, the Company issued in aggregate 3,465 shares of common stock to three independent Directors as restricted 
stock units issued under the Company’s 2004 Incentive Plan to these Directors vested on that day.  

In connection with the departure of one of the Company’s independent directors, the Company awarded 1,155 restricted 
stock units under its Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to such director for past services. The award vested on 
May 15, 2008 and the Company issued 1,155 shares of common stock to such director on June 30, 2008. The stock on date of grant 
was valued at $6 or $5.12 per share. The value of the stock issued was immediately recognized as compensation expense with an 
offsetting credit to common stock.  

On October 1, 2008, the Company issued in aggregate 18,254 shares of common stock to employees as restricted stock units issued 
under the Company’s 2004 Incentive Plan vested on that day.  

On October 6, 2008 the Company issued 269,378 shares of common stock in connection with its purchase of the assets of Crane & 
Machinery, Inc. and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc.  

On December 31, 2008, the Company issued in aggregate 11,220 shares of common stock to three independent Directors as restricted 
stock units issued under the Company’s 2004 Incentive Plan to these Directors vested on that day.  

71 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Stock Repurchase  
On October 1, 2008, the Company purchased 2,043 shares of Common Stock at the October 1, 2008 closing price of $3.35 from 
certain employees. The stock was purchased from the employees to satisfy employees’ withholding tax obligations related to 
October 1, 2008 stock issuance described above.  

2007 Private Placement  
On September 10, 2007, the Company closed a $9,000 private placement of its common stock (the “2007 Private Placement”) 
pursuant to the terms of a security purchase agreement entered into among the Company and certain institutional investors on 
August 30, 2007 (the “2007 Securities Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the 2007 Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company 
issued 1,500,000 shares of its common stock. The Company also issued warrants (as described below) to the investment banker who 
acted as its exclusive placement agent for the 2007 Private Placement. In connection with the 2007 Private Placement, the Company 
incurred investment banking fees of $630 and legal fees and expenses of approximately $155. The Company’s net cash proceeds after 
fees and expenses were $8,215 with $7,983 and $231 being allocated to common stock and warrants, respectively.  

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 to register resale of shares 
issued in the Private Placement and the shares underlying the warrants. The registration statement was declared effective on 
October 15, 2007.  

2004 Equity Incentive Plan  
In 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and subsequently amended and restated the plan on September 13, 
2007. The maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan is 350,000 shares. The total number of 
shares reserved for issuance may, however, may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions or changes in our capital 
structure. Our employees and members of our board of directors who are not our employees or employees of our affiliates are eligible 
to participate in the plan. The plan is administered by a committee of our board comprised of members who are outside directors. The 
plan provides that the committee has the authority to, among other things, select plan participants, determine the type and amount of 
awards, determine award terms, fix all other conditions of any awards, interpret the plan and any plan awards. Under the plan, the 
committee can grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and 
performance units, except Directors may not be granted stock appreciation rights, performance shares and performance units. During 
any calendar year, participants are limited in the number of grants they may receive under the plan. In any year, an individual may not 
receive options for more than 15,000 shares, stock appreciate rights with respect to more than 20,000 shares, more than 20,000 shares 
of restricted stock and/or an award for more than 10,000 performance shares or restricted stock units or performance units. The plan 
requires that the exercise price for stock options and stock appreciation rights be not less than fair market value of our common stock 
on date of grant.  

On November 12, 2007, the Company awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 55,615 and 10,500 
restricted stock units to employees and to the independent Directors, respectively. The restricted stock units are subject to the same 
conditions as the restricted stock awards except the restricted stock units will not have voting rights and the common stock will not be 
issued until the vesting criteria are satisfied. The employee restricted stock units will vest 33%, 33% and 34% on October 1, 
2008, October 1, 2009 and October 1, 2010, respectively. Units granted to Directors will vest 33%, 33% and 34% on December 31, 
2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The restricted stock units awarded were valued at $416 or $6.30 per 
share, which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The value of the restricted stock units is 
being charged to compensation expense over the vesting period.  

On April 15, 2008, the Company awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 4,000 restricted stock units to 
an employee. The employee restricted stock units will vest 33%, 33% and 34% on March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and March 31, 
2011 respectively. The restricted stock units awarded were valued at $18 or $4.55 per share, which was the closing price of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  

In connection with the departure of one of the Company’s independent directors, the Company awarded 1,155 restricted 
stock units under its Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to such director for past services. The award vested on 
May 15, 2008 and the Company issued 1,155 shares of common stock to such director on June 30, 2008. The stock on date of grant 
was valued at $6 or $5.12 per share. The value of the stock issued was immediately recognized as compensation expense with an 
offsetting credit to common stock.  

72 

 
On December 18, 2008, the Company awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 103,375 and 21,155 
restricted stock units to employees and to the independent Directors, respectively. The restricted stock units are subject to the same 
conditions as the restricted stock awards except the restricted stock units will not have voting rights and the common stock will not be 
issued until the vesting criteria are satisfied. The employee restricted stock units vested on January 2, 2009, following the Company’s 
final determination that each of the employees had met certain performance objectives. The units granted to Directors will vest 36.7%, 
31.2% and 32.1% on December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 respectively. The restricted stock units awarded 
were valued at $112 or $0.90 per share, which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The value 
of the restricted stock units is being charged to compensation expense over the vesting period, Compensation expense in 2008 and 
2007 includes $318 and $94 related to restricted stock units, respectively. Compensation expense related to restricted stock units will 
be $100, $34 and $1 for the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.  

The following table contains information regarding restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2008 and, December 31, 
2007, respectively:  

Outstanding on January 1, ........................................................................................
Issued ........................................................................................................................
Vested and issued .....................................................................................................
Vested—repurchased for income tax withholding....................................................
Forfeited....................................................................................................................

Outstanding on December 31 ...................................................................................

Restricted Stock Units  
2007  
2008  
62,650  
129,685  
(28,586) 
(2,043) 
(1,017) 
160,689  

—    
66,115  
(3,465) 
—    
—    
62,650  

No awards or grants were made under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan before January 1, 2007  

Manitex Liftking Shares Exchanged for Common Stock  
On September 16, 2008, the Company issued to 266,000 shares of its common stock in exchange for 266,000 shares of stock in its 
Manitex Liftking Canadian Subsidiary that had value of $1,024. The 266,000 shares of Manitex Liftking (‘Exchangeable Shares”) 
were issued on November 30, 2006, as a portion of the aggregate consideration that was paid to acquire the assets of Liftking 
Industries, Inc. Upon the issuance of the Exchangeable Shares the holder of the shares had a right to exchange the shares for 266,000 
shares of Manitex International, Inc. common stock. Upon exchange, the value of the exchangeable shares which was previously 
shown as a minority interest was reclassified to common stock.  

QVM Note Exchanged for Common Stock  
On May 2, 2008, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Michael Azar, David 
Langevin, Robert Skandalaris, Lubomir Litchev, Patrick Flynn, and Michael Hull (the “Holders”), and Michael Azar, as the “Holders’ 
Representative.” The Exchange Agreement was entered into in connection with a Non-Negotiable Subordinated Promissory Note (the 
“Note”), dated July 3, 2006, which was entered into in connection with the Company’s acquisition of the membership interests of 
Quantum Value Management, LLC in the amount of $1,072. Under the agreement the Company issued 211,074 shares of common 
stock and the note was cancelled. The terms of the Exchange Agreement also provide the Holders with “piggy-back” registration 
rights for the shares issued to them pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.  

David Langevin is currently the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Due to the related-party aspect of this transaction, 
the Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement were approved by the Audit Committee of 
the Company’s Board of Directors.  

Note 18. Minority Interest  
On November 30, 2006, the Company issued 266,000 shares of stock in Manitex Liftking Canadian Subsidiary with a value of $1,024. 
These shares are exchangeable into 266,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Until the shares are exchanged, the value of the 
exchangeable shares is shown as a minority interest. The Manitex Liftking Canadian Subsidiary shares were exchange for 266,000 of 
the Company’s Common Stock on September 16, 2008.  

73 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
Note 19. New Accounting Pronouncements  
See Note 10 regarding the company’s adoption as of January 1, 2007, of FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in 
Income Taxes (an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109).  

In February of 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” which is intended to 
simplify the accounting and improve the financial reporting of certain hybrid financial instruments (i.e. derivatives embedded in other 
financial instruments). The statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and 
SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a replacement of 
FASB Statement No. 125.” SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments issued or acquired after the beginning of an entity’s 
first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company adopted the SFAS No. 155 on January 1, 2007. The adoption of 
the Statement did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial 
Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” which is effective for the fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The 
FASB issues this statement to simplify the accounting for servicing rights and to reduce the volatility that results from using different 
measurement attributes. The Company adopted the SFAS No. 156 on January 1, 2007. The adoption of the Statement did not have a 
material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a 
framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and establishes a hierarchy that categorizes and 
prioritizes the sources to be used to estimate fair value. SFAS 157 also expands financial statement disclosures about fair value 
measurements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 157-2 which delays the effective date of SFAS 
157 for one year, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in 
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). FAS 157 and FSP 157-2 are effective for financial statements issued 
for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have elected a partial deferral of SFAS 157 under the provisions of FSP 157-2 
related to the measurement of fair value used when evaluating goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets for 
impairment and valuing asset retirement obligations and liabilities for exit or disposal activities. The impact of partially adopting 
SFAS 157 effective January 1, 2008 was not material to our consolidated financial statements  

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined 
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (SFAS 158). This 
statement requires balance sheet recognition of the over funded or under funded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans. 
Under SFAS 158, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have 
not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in Accumulated Other Non-Shareowners’ Changes in 
Equity, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. In addition, the measurement date, the 
date at which plan assets and the benefit obligation are measured, is required to be the company’s fiscal year end. SFAS 158 is 
effective for publicly-held companies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, except for the measurement date provisions, 
which are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, except 
for the measurement date provisions, which are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. On January 1, 2008, the 
Company adopted the measurement date provisions. The adoption of the Statement did not have a material impact on its financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when 
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (SAB 108), to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial 
statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires that misstatements be quantified based on their impact on each of the Company’s financial 
statements and related disclosures. On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not impact 
the Company’s financial statements.  

The FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of 
FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”) in February 2007. SFAS No. 159 permits a company to choose to measure many 
financial instruments and other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The objective is to 
improve financial reporting by providing a company with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by 
measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. A company shall 
report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting 
date. On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159. The adoption of the Statement did not have a material impact on its 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

74 

 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax 
Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 requires companies to recognize a realized 
income tax benefit associated with dividends or dividend equivalents paid on nonvested equity-classified employee share-based 
payment awards that are charged to retained earnings as an increase to additional paid-in capital. EITF 06-11 was adopted on 
January 1, 2008. The adoption of EITF 06-11 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated 
Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“Statement No. 160”). Statement No. 160 requires (i) that noncontrolling 
(minority) interests be reported as a component of shareholders’ equity, (ii) that net income attributable to the parent and to the 
noncontrolling interest be separately identified in the consolidated statement of operations, (iii) that changes in a parent’s ownership 
interest while the parent retains its controlling interest be accounted for as equity transactions, (iv) that any retained noncontrolling 
equity investment upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary be initially measured at fair value, and (v) that sufficient disclosures are 
provided that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. 
Statement No. 160 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied prospectively. However, 
the presentation and disclosure requirements of the statement shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. We are 
currently assessing the impact SFAS No. 160 will have on our consolidated financial statements.  

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R continues 
to require the purchase method of accounting to be applied to all business combinations, but it significantly changes the accounting for 
certain aspects of business combinations. Under SFAS 141R, an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS 141R will change the 
accounting treatment for certain specific acquisition related items including: (1) expensing acquisition related costs as incurred; 
(2) valuing noncontrolling interests at fair value at the acquisition date; and (3) expensing restructuring costs associated with an 
acquired business. SFAS 141R also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS 141R is to be applied 
prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period 
beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We expect SFAS 141R will have an impact on our accounting for future business 
combinations once adopted but the effect is dependent upon the acquisitions that are made in the future.  

In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 
No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—An Amendment of SFAS No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). 
SFAS 161 seeks to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures 
regarding the impact on financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To achieve this increased transparency, SFAS 161 
requires (1) the disclosure of the fair value of derivative instruments and gains and losses in a tabular format; (2) the disclosure of 
derivative features that are credit risk-related; and (3) cross-referencing within the footnotes. SFAS No. 161 will be effective for fiscal 
years that begin after November 15, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating the new disclosure requirements under SFAS 161.  

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets. This 
FSP amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of 
a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”). The intent of 
this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of 
expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141R, and other GAAP. This FSP is effective for financial 
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is 
prohibited. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of adopting this new accounting position on its consolidated 
financial position.  

In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB statement No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS 
162”). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation 
of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. Any effect of 
applying the provisions of this Statement shall be reported as a change in accounting principle in accordance with FASB statement 
No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 162, but does not 
expect the adoption of this pronouncement will have an impact on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.  

75 

 
In June 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) EITF 03-6-1, “Determining 
Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” This FSP provides that unvested 
share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are 
participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The FSP is 
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. 
Upon adoption, a company is required to retrospectively adjust its earnings per share data (including any amounts related to interim 
periods, summaries of earnings and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions in this FSP. Early application of this FSP is 
prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of EITF 03-6-1, but does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement 
will have an impact on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.  

In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market 
for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP No. 157-3”), to provide guidance on determining the fair value of financial instruments in inactive 
markets. FSP No. 157-3 became effective for the Company upon issuance, and had no material impact on the Company’s financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In December 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 110 regarding the use of a “simplified” method, as discussed 
in SAB No. 107 (SAB 107), in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with SFAS 
No. 123 (R), Share-Based Payment. In particular, the staff indicated in SAB 107 that it will accept a company’s election to use the 
simplified method, regardless of whether the company has sufficient information to make more refined estimates of expected term. At 
the time SAB 107 was issued, the staff believed that more detailed external information about employee exercise behavior (e.g., 
employee exercise patterns by industry and/or other categories of companies) would, over time, become readily available to 
companies. Therefore, the staff stated in SAB 107 that it would not expect a company to use the simplified method for share option 
grants after December 31, 2007. The staff understands that such detailed information about employee exercise behavior may not be 
widely available by December 31, 2007. Accordingly, the staff will continue to accept, under certain circumstances, the use of the 
simplified method beyond December 31, 2007. The Company will assess the impact of SAB 110 for fiscal year ending December 31, 
2009. It is not believed that this will have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

December 2008, the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting Consideration,” effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2008. EITF Issue No. 08-6 requires an equity method investor to account for its initial investment 
at cost and shall not separately test an investee’s underlying indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. It also requires an equity 
method investor to account for share issuance by an investee as if the investor had sold a proportionate share of its investment. The 
resulting gain or loss shall be recognized in earnings. The Company is evaluating whether the adoption of EITF Issue No. 08-6 will 
have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.  

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets,” 
amending FASB Statement No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” effective for 
fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 requires an employer to disclose investment policies and strategies, 
categories, fair value measurements, and significant concentration of risk among its postretirement benefit plan assets. The adoption of 
FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements  

Note 20. Contractual Obligations  

Total  
Revolving credit facilities ........................................................... $  16,995 
6,621 
Term Loan ..................................................................................
1,346 
Operating Lease Obligations.......................................................
7,531 
Capital Lease Obligations ...........................................................
12,339 
Purchase Obligations ..................................................................

2009  
$  —   
1,565 
782 
814 
12,339 

Payments due by period  
2010-2011  
$  16,995   $ 
3,180  
350  
1,625  
—    

2012-2013  
—   
1,126 
73 
1,608 
—   

$ 

Thereafter  
—   
750 
141 
3,484 
—   

Total .................................................................................. $  44,832 

$  15,500 

$  22,150   $ 

2,807 

$ 

4,375 

(1)  Purchase obligations include commitments of approximately $11.2 relating to inventory items. The balance is attributable to 

non-inventory items, including fixed assets, research and development materials, supplies and services.  

(2)  At December 31, 2008, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $197 for which the Company is unable to make 

reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the respective tax authority. Thus, these liabilities have not 
been included in the contractual obligations table.  

76 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 21. Transactions Between the Company and Related Parties  
In the course of conducting its business, the Company has entered into certain related party transactions. On July, 3, 2006, pursuant to 
the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006 and as amended on July 3, 2006 with Quantum Value Management, LLC 
(“QVM”) and all of the members of QVM (the “Members”), the Company purchased from the Members all the outstanding 
membership interests of QVM (the “Acquisition”). The Company acquired the Manitex subsidiary through this Acquisition, as the 
Manitex subsidiary was a wholly owned subsidiary of QVM. The aggregate consideration paid in connection with the Acquisition was 
approximately $1,998, consisting of (i) 234,875 shares of the Company common stock valued at $916, and (ii) a Non-Negotiable 
Subordinated Promissory Note for approximately $1,072, in the aggregate, payable to the Members. On May 2, 2008, the note was 
exchange for 211,074 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and the note was cancelled. See note 17 for additional details.  

Michael C. Azar, the Company’s Vice President and Secretary at the date of Acquisition, David Langevin and Robert J. Skandalaris, 
were each Members and owned 6.1%, 12.1% and 12.1%, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding common stock at such time. 
Mr. Langevin became the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in connection with this Acquisition.  

J Giordano Securities Group was paid a fee to be a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the Acquisition and rendered 
a fairness opinion to the Company’s Board of Directors as to the fairness, from a financial point of view to the Company and its 
shareholders, of the consideration to be paid by the Company in the transaction.  

Prior to the Acquisition, the Manitex subsidiary completed a sale and leaseback transaction in April 2006 of its Georgetown, Texas 
facility to an entity controlled by one of its affiliates, Robert J. Skandalaris, who was also a significant shareholder of the Company. 
The sale price was $5,000 and the proceeds of the transactions were used to reduce the balance under the Manitex subsidiary’s credit 
facility. The lease has a twelve year term and provides for monthly rent of $68. Although the Company did not obtain an independent 
valuation of the property or the terms of the sale and leaseback transaction in connection with the Acquisition, it believes the terms of 
the lease are at least as favorable to the Company as they could have obtained from an unaffiliated third party.  

The sale and leaseback transaction resulted in a gain of approximately $4,600. Per paragraph 33 of FASB Statement No. 13 
“Accounting for Leases”, sales-leaseback transactions are treated as a single financing transaction in which any profit or loss on the 
sale is deferred and amortized. As such, the gain has been deferred and is being amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the 
lease. The lease has been classified as a capital lease under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. Furthermore, the land and 
building are treated as a single unit in this transaction because the fair value of the land is less than 25% the total fair value of the 
leased property at the inception of the lease. The amortization of the deferred gain offsets depreciation expense.  

On July 31, 2007, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with GT Distribution, LLC (“GT Distribution”) pursuant to 
which GT Distribution transferred all of its rights and interest in the Noble forklift product line (the “product line”) to the Company in 
exchange for the discharge of obligations and trade payables of GT Distribution and certain of its subsidiaries totaling $4,219 and 
assumption by the Company of certain liabilities associated with the Product Line.  

David J. Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, had a 39% has an ownership interest in GT Distribution. 
Consequently, the Company received a fairness opinion from an independent financial advisor that the Company’s purchase of the 
Product Line was fair to its shareholders from a financial point of view and the approval of a special independent committee of the 
Company’s board of directors prior entering into this transaction  

The Company, through its Manitex and Manitex Liftking subsidiaries, purchase and sell parts to GT Distribution, Inc. (“GT”). The 
Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, David Langevin, owned approximately 39% of GT. In January 2009, 
Mr. Langevin assigned his ownership interest in GT to Bob Litchev, a Senior Vice President of Manitex International, Inc. Although 
the Company does not independently verify the cost of such parts, it believes the terms of such purchases and sales were at least as 
favorable to the Company as terms that it could obtain from a third party. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $0 outstanding 
Accounts Receivable from GT and $175 outstanding Accounts Payable due to GT with respect to the purchase and sale of parts. At 
December 31, 2007, the Company had $461 outstanding Accounts Receivable from GT and $162 outstanding Accounts Payable to GT 
with respect to the purchase and sale of parts.  

On October 6, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Schaeff and Crane and their parent 
company, GT Distribution, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement. The aggregate consideration paid in connection with this 
acquisition was $3,684 consisting of (i) 269,378 shares of the Company common stock valued at $867 (ii) a promissory note for 
$2,000 (iii) and payment of $751 to pay off Crane’s line of credit.  

77 

 
  
Mr. Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and CEO” owned 38.8% of the membership interests of GT. Due to the related-party aspects 
of this transaction, the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were approved by a committee of the 
Company’s independent Directors (the “Special Committee”) and the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The 
Special Committee also received a fairness opinion from an independent financial advisory firm that the consideration to be paid by 
the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to acquire the Sellers’ assets and liabilities, including the shares of the Company’s 
common stock issued pursuant to the Restructuring Agreement is fair from a financial point of view. In January 2009, Mr. Langevin 
assigned his ownership interest in GT to Bob Litchev, a Senior Vice President of Manitex International  

GT Distribution, prior the October 6, 2008 sale of Crane and Schaeff, had three operating subsidiaries: Crane & Machinery, Inc., 
Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc and BGI USA, Inc. (“BGI”). BGI is a distributor of assembly parts used to manufacture various lifting 
equipment. Crane & Machinery, Inc. distributes Terex and Manitex cranes, and services and sells replacement parts for most brands of 
light duty and rough terrain cranes. Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. manufactures electric forklifts. Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. has a 100% owned 
subsidiary domiciled in Bulgaria, SL Industries, Ltd. Mantitex International, Inc. did not acquire Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc’s Bulgarian 
subsidiary, SL Industries. All transactions with Crane & Machinery and Schaeff Lift Trucks, Inc. that occurred before October 6, 2008 
were related party transactions. Transactions with GT Distribution and the subsidiaries that GT continues to own (BGI and SL 
Industries) continue to be related party transactions after October 6, 2008.  

The Company through its Manitex Liftking subsidiary provides parts and services to LiftMaster, Ltd (“LiftMaster”). LiftMaster is a 
rental company that rents and services rough terrain forklifts. LiftMaster is owned by the President of Manitex Liftking, ULC and a 
relative. As of December 31, 2008 the Company had accounts payable to GT and LiftMaster of $175 and $13, respectively. At 
December 31, 2007, the Company had a receivable from LiftMaster for $67.  

The following is a summary of the amounts attributable to certain related party transactions as described in the footnotes to the table, 
for the periods indicated:  

Georgetown Facility (1).................................................................................................................. $ 
Woodbridge Facility (2)..................................................................................................................
Allocation of Insurance Expense (3)...............................................................................................
Sales to: 

Crane & Machinery ...............................................................................................................
LiftMaster..............................................................................................................................
BGI........................................................................................................................................
Schaeff Lift Truck .................................................................................................................

Total Sales ......................................................................................................................................
Purchases from: 

BGI........................................................................................................................................
SL Industries, Ltd ..................................................................................................................
LiftMaster (4) ........................................................................................................................
Noble International................................................................................................................
Crane & Machinery ...............................................................................................................
Schaeff Lift Truck .................................................................................................................

725  
757  
353  
n.a  
  —    
13  
Total Purchases ............................................................................................................................... $  1,848  

$ 

2008  
836  
439  
n.a  

165  
127  
(2) 
285  
575  

2007  
816 
458 
n.a 

402 
299 
76 
655 

1,432 

879 
1,337 
98 
n.a 
59 
570 

$ 

2006  
565 
32 
139 

67 
n.a 
n.a 
n.a 

67 

367 
512 
n.a 
168 
n.a 
n.a 

$  2,943 

$  1,047 

(1)  The Company leases its 188,000 sq. ft. Georgetown, Texas manufacturing facility from an entity owned by one of the 

Company’s significant shareholders in fiscal 2006. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease 
payment of $70. The Company is also responsible for all the associated operating expenses including, insurance, property taxes 
and repairs. Under the lease, which expires April 30, 2018, monthly rent is adjusted annually by the lesser of increase in the 
Consumer Price Index or 2%.  

(2)  The Company leases its 85,000 sq. ft. Woodbridge facility from an entity owned by a stockholder of the Company and relative 

of Manitex Liftking ULC’s, president and CEO. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease payments 
of $31. The Company is also responsible for all the associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and 
repairs. The lease will expire on November 29, 2009.  

(3)  For 2006, GT Distribution, Inc. and its subsidiaries are covered under Manitex’s general, product liability and umbrella 

insurance policies. In exchange for this coverage, GT Distribution will pay Manitex $139 based on GT Distribution’s annual 
sales. The above table includes a prorated portion covering the amount relating to the period starting from the date of the 
acquisition.  

78 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
(4)  The Company provides parts and services to LiftMaster, Inc. LiftMaster is a rental company that rents and services rough terrain 

forklifts. LiftMaster is owned by a relative of the President of Manitex Liftking, ULC.  

During the first Quarter 2007, it was agreed that the net payable or receivable for certain inventory transactions with the Company 
would be offset against the receivable the Company has from GT Distribution. The Statement of Cash Flows does not reflect the 
reduction of related party receivable as it is a non-cash item, with offsetting non-cash items of $394 and $109 that effect inventory and 
accounts payable, respectively. The non-cash amount related to inventory represents the amount that was sold to the Company during 
the first and second quarters of 2007 and is still in inventory. The balance of $109 represents inventory that was sold to the Company 
during the fourth quarter of 2006 and was in accounts payable at the time of offset.  

The Company has a note payable to the former owners of Liftking Industries, Inc. for $1,478 issued in connection with the acquisition 
of Liftking Industries ULC. It was determined subsequent to the acquisition, that the note would be a related party transaction since 
Manitex Liftking’s President & CEO is a relative of the primary holder of the note.  

Note 22. Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies  
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have 
arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self insurance retention that range form 
$50 to $1,000. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the 
Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on 
the Company. When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimates of the Company’s liability 
with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates 
when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur.  

It is reasonably possible that the “Estimated Reserve for Product Liability Claims” may change within the next 12 months. A change 
in estimate could occur if a case is settled for more or less than anticipated, or if additional information becomes known to the 
Company.  

79 

 
  
Note 23. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)  
Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data  
Summarized quarterly financial data for 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts).  

2008 (1)  

2007 (1)  

1st Qtr  

2nd Qtr  

3rd Qtr  

23,547  $ 

26,460  $ 

28,542  $ 

4,272 

4,451 

4,199 

4th Qtr (2) 
27,792
4,543

1st Qtr  
23,138 
4,204 

$ 

$ 

511 

178 

721 

10 

306 

—   

261

11

69 

(732)

2nd Qtr  

29,951   $ 
5,814    
499    

(234)

872 

(196)

3rd Qtr  
26,600 
5,006 

$ 

4th Qtr  

27,257 
4,895 

—   
689  $ 

186 
917  $ 

—   
306  $ 

14
286

$ 

(366)
(1,029) $ 

76    
341   $ 

242 
918 

$ 

686 

40 

—   
726 

0.05  $ 

0.07  $ 

0.03  $ 

0.02

$ 

0.01 

$ 

0.06   $ 

0.10 

$ 

0.07 

0.02  $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

—  

$ 

(0.09) $ 

(0.03) $ 

(0.02) $ 

—   

—    $ 
0.07  $ 

0.02  $ 
0.09  $ 

—    $ 
0.03  $ 

—  
0.03

$ 
$ 

(0.05) $ 
(0.13) $ 

0.05  $ 

0.07  $ 

0.03  $ 

0.02

$ 

0.01 

$ 

0.01   $ 
0.04   $ 

0.06   $ 

0.03 
0.11 

$ 
$ 

—   
0.07 

0.09 

$ 

0.07 

0.02  $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

—  

$ 

(0.09) $ 

(0.03) $ 

(0.02) $ 

—   

Net revenues ................................. $ 
Gross Profit...................................
Net income from continuing 

operations...............................
Income (loss) from discontinued 
operations—net of tax............

Gain (loss) on disposition of 

discontinued operations—net 
of tax ......................................
Net income (loss) ......................... $ 
Per Share 
Basic 

Income from continuing 

operations .................. $ 

Income (loss) from 
discontinued 
operations—net of 
tax.............................. $ 

Gain (loss) on 

disposition of 
discontinued 
operations—net of 
tax.............................. $ 
Net income (loss)............. $ 

Diluted 

Income from continuing 

operations .................. $ 

Income (loss) from 
discontinued 
operations—net of 
tax.............................. $ 

Gain (loss) on 

disposition of 
discontinued 
operations—net of 
tax.............................. $ 
Net income (loss)............. $ 

Shares outstanding 

—    $ 
0.07  $ 

0.02  $ 
0.09  $ 

—    $ 
0.03  $ 

—  
0.03

$ 
$ 

(0.04) $ 
(0.12) $ 

Basic.......................................
Diluted....................................

9,809,340 
10,255,805 

9,853,423 
10,349,356 

10,064,939 
10,318,731 

10,558,640
10,576,356

7,859,875 
8,512,189 

0.01   $ 
0.04   $ 

0.03 
0.10 

$ 
$ 

—   
0.07 

7,903,391    
8,636,771    

8,636,940 
9,239,276 

9,805,913 
10,374,586 

(1)  The financial data for the years 2008 and 2007 presents the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued operation.  
(2)  The Income from discontinued operations of $11 and gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations of $14 represents the reversal of tax provision recorded in either 

the first or second quarter of 2008.  

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition. The 
Noble Forklift Product line was acquired on July 31, 2007. The assets of Crane & Machinery, Inc. and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. were 
acquired on October 6, 2008.  

80 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Note 24. Impairment of Former Testing & Assembly Equipment Segment  
Against the background of the operating losses generated in recent history by the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment 
operations based at Wixom, Michigan, the Company conducted a strategic review of these operations and in March 2007 adopted a 
plan to dispose of most of its plant assets, machinery and equipment, and furniture and fixtures and patents. In connection with the 
plan of disposal, but recognizing the fact that there can be no certainty that a buyer could be identified and that disposal may therefore 
be by other than sale, the Company determined that the carrying values of some of the underlying assets exceeded their fair values. 
Management’s estimation of realizable value established that the value of patents was fully impaired, ($3,915), tangible assets and 
software were impaired ($2,017), costs in excess of billing impaired, ($224), and inventory impaired ($476). Consequently, the 
Company recorded an impairment loss of $6,632 which represents the excess of the carrying values of the assets over their fair values, 
less cost to sell. The impairment loss was originally recorded within the following expense categories in 2006 10-K:  

Cost of Sales: ...................................................................................................................................... $ 

• Reserve for costs in excess of billing 
• Inventory reserve for lower of cost or market 

Long lived assets................................................................................................................................. $ 

• Reserve for impairment of PP&E 
• Reserve for impairment of patents 

Total impairment cost ......................................................................................................................... $ 

 700  

5,932  

6,632  

The income statement for 2006 has been restated to reflect the former Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a discontinued 
operation. The above impairment charges have been reclassified and are now included in the income statement under “Discontinued 
operations” on the line entitled “Loss from discontinued operations”.  

81 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
ITEM 9. 

None.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE  

ITEM 9A(T).  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  
Disclosure Controls and Procedures  
Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”) rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure 
that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and the Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Under the supervision of, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive 
officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure 
controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report. Based on our evaluation, which included remediation of the deficiencies and weaknesses described below, the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective to ensure that 
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  
Management’s Responsibility  
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined 
in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Management’s Assessment  
Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, 
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework. In connection with such evaluation, our management concluded that the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.  

Remediation of Previously Disclosed Significant Deficiency  
In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified a significant 
deficiency because we had limited finance and accounting personnel to prepare and review financial statements and our preparation of 
consolidated financial statements was completed without the aid of consolidation software. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or 
combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important 
enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a registrant’s financial statements. A material weakness is a deficiency, 
or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable probability that a material 
misstatement of the registrant’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our 
internal controls. Notwithstanding the significant deficiency, based on an evaluation of our internal controls, management believes 
there were sufficient controls in place to prevent and detect errors in transaction processing and recording and fraudulent activity. 
Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of 
December 31, 2007. However, to mitigate this significant deficiency during 2008, we implemented a consolidation reporting package 
to minimize the risk of errors in compiling the consolidated financial statements. This tool was used to facilitate second and third 
quarter and year-end reporting. In addition, we established an internal audit department in March 2008, as is discussed in the next 
section, which has strengthened the review of consolidation and financial reporting processes.  

82 

 
  
Remediation of Previously Disclosed Material Weaknesses  
In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006, both we and our 
independent public accountants identified material weaknesses with respect to our internal control over financial reporting. Our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer determined that, as of December 31, 2006, a material weakness existed in our internal 
control over financial reporting that consisted of inadequate resources in our accounting and financial reporting group and insufficient 
organization to facilitate an efficient financial statement close and reporting process and permit the preparation of our financial 
statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Furthermore, in connection with the SEC’s review of our 
registration statement on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2006, additional errors were discovered that resulted in the 
restatement of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005, our unaudited interim 
consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, and our unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of 
income giving effect to the purchase of QVM, L.L.C., included in our Form 8-K/A filed on September 19, 2006. The correction of 
these matters had no impact on our net income, net worth or cash and cash equivalents as reflected in our statement of cash flows, as 
previously reported for 2005 and the third quarter ended September 30, 2006.  

In the course of conducting the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company’s auditors, UHY 
LLP, noted several significant internal control deficiencies over financial reporting, which when considered in the aggregate, they 
believe constituted a material weakness over financial reporting at December 31, 2006. UHY LLP determined that we were unable to 
properly account for a complex financing transaction, which included warrants. Our auditors also advised us that we do not have a 
sufficient organization to facilitate an efficient financial statement close and reporting process and permit the preparation of our 
financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. For example, there were several post-closing 
adjustments to our financial statements during the course of the 2006 audit.  

As a result of the material weaknesses identified, management undertook the following remediation activities:  

•  We engaged a tax consultant to assist with the Company’s tax accounting and reporting.  
•  We engaged a consulting firm to assist with implementing our Sarbanes-Oxley compliance program, including a Sarbanes-
Oxley implementation plan and recommendations regarding the Company’s financial reporting processes and procedures.  
•  We developed and implemented standardized policies and procedures for critical financial reporting areas, including formal 
closing procedures for all business units. We also developed and implemented control documentation for all processes. 
Specific accounting personnel have been assigned the responsibility of maintaining a written, comprehensive set of our 
accounting policies and procedures. These policies and procedures are communicated to the appropriate accounting 
functions and are updated periodically based on accounting policy issues. These efforts have improved the overall quality 
and integrity of our record keeping and financial reporting. We have increased training and supervision of accounting 
personnel with respect to policies and procedures.  

•  Our Manitex business unit implemented an integrated ERP system in January, 2007. This system resulted in improved 

control and efficiencies in manufacturing as well as business operations.  

•  As was discussed in the previous section, a consolidation reporting package was implemented in the second quarter of 2008 

to simplify and automate certain consolidation activities.  

•  An accounting research tool was implemented during the fourth quarter of 2008. This enables management and personnel to 

perform real-time research on proper ways to account for unusual or non-recurring transactions.  

•  We established an internal audit department in March 2008. This function evaluates integrity over internal controls and 

financial reporting at the operating unit and consolidated levels.  

After consideration of the remediation efforts described above, management concluded that as of December 31, 2007, all previously 
disclosed material weaknesses had been remediated.  

Our annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control 
over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm 
pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  
During the fourth quarter of 2008, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Controls over the newly acquired businesses will be 
more formally evaluated and documented during 2009.  

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION  
None.  

83 

 
PART III  

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K as the Company intends to file with the Commission its 
definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2009 Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, not later than 120 days after December 31, 2008.  

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  
The information under the headings “Nominees to Serve Until the 2010 Annual Meeting,” “Executive Officers of the Company who 
are not also Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Committee on Directors and Board 
Governance,” and “Audit Committee” in our 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

Code of Ethics  
The Company has adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, 
in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the NASDAQ 
rules. The code of ethics also applies to all employees of the Company as well as the Board of Directors. In the event that any changes 
are made or any waivers from the provisions of the code of ethics are made, these events would be disclosed on the Company’s 
website or in a report on Form 8-K within four business days of such event. The code of ethics is posted on our website at 
www.manitexinternational.com. Copies of the code of ethics will be provided free of charge upon written request directed to Investor 
Relations, Manitex International, Inc., 7402 W. 100th Place, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  
The information under the headings “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “EXECUTIVE 
COMPENSATION,” and “DIRECTOR COMPENSATION” in our 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information under the headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS” in our 2009 
Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  
The information under the headings “Transactions with Related Persons,” “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Committee,” and 
“Audit Committee” in our 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  
The information under the heading “AUDIT COMMITTEE” in our 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

PART IV  

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:  

(1)  Financial Statements  

See Index to Financial Statements on page 51.  

(2) 

Supplemental Schedules  
None.  

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the 
schedule, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.  

(b) Exhibits  
See the Exhibit Index following the signature page.  

(c) Financial Statement Schedules  
All information for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC is either included in the financial 
statements, is not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable, and therefore has been omitted.  

84 

 
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

Dated: March 25, 2009  

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

By: 

/s/    DAVID H. GRANSEE         
David H. Gransee 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
(On behalf of the Registrant and as 
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David J. 
Langevin and David H. Gransee his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to 
sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection 
therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or 
substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

/s/    DAVID J. LANGEVIN         
David J. Langevin, 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/    DAVID H. GRANSEE         
David H. Gransee, 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/    TERRENCE P. MCKENNA         
Terrence P. McKenna, 
Director 

/s/    STEPHEN J. TOBER         
Stephen J. Tober, 
Director 

/s/    ROBERT S. GIGLIOTTI         
Robert S. Gigliotti, 
Director 

/s/    MARVIN B. ROSENBERG         
Marvin B. Rosenberg, 
Director 

March 25, 2009 

March 25, 2009 

March 25, 2009 

March 25, 2009 

March 25, 2009 

March 25, 2009 

85 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
Exhibit 
No. 

Description 

Exhibit Index  

2.1   Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Quantum-Veri-Tek, Inc., Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as 

Manitex International, Inc.) and James Juranitch, dated October 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 3, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)). 

2.2   Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2006, among the Company, Quantum Value Management, LLC and the members 
of Quantum Management Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on May 19, 2006). 

2.3   First Amendment to Purchase Agreement, effective July 3, 2006, among the Company, Quantum Value Management, 
LLC and the members of Quantum Value Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006). 

2.4   Purchase Agreement, dated October 19, 2006, among the Company, Quantum Value Management, LLC and the 

members of Quantum Management Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2006). 

2.5   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 5, 2007, between Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex 

International, Inc.) and EuroMaint Industry, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Annual Report on 
Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2008). 

2.6   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 31, 2007, by and among Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex 

International, Inc.), GT Distribution, LLC, Schaeff Lift Truck Inc., Crane & Machinery, Inc., Manitex, Inc. and Manitex 
Liftking, ULC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 6, 2007). 

2.7   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and among Manitex International, Inc., GT Distribution, LLC, 

Schaeff Lift Truck Inc., and Crane & Machinery, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008).  

3.1   Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 

filed on November 13, 2008). 

3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.), as amended 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2008). 

4.1(1)  Specimen Common Stock certificate of Manitex International, Inc. 
4.2   Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2008, between Manitex International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & 

Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 
2008). 

10.1*  Employment Agreement, effective July 3, 2006, between the Company and David J. Langevin (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006). 

10.2*  Employment Agreement between Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.) and David 

H. Gransee dated October 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 12, 2006). 

10.3*  Employment Agreement, dated July 12, 2007, between Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex 

International, Inc.) and Andrew Rooke (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on July 13, 2007). 

86 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
No. 

Description 

10.4*  Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.) Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive 

Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2007). 

10.5*  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 

filed on November 16, 2007). 

10.6   Lease dated April 17, 2006 between Krislee-Texas, LLC and Manitex, Inc. for facility located in Georgetown, Texas 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 13, 2007). 

10.7   Lease dated December 1, 2006 between Aldrovandi Equipment Limited and Manitex Liftking, ULC for facility located 
in Woodbridge, Ontario (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 
13, 2007). 

10.8   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2006, between the Company and the investors identified on the 
signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 
16, 2006). 

10.9   Form of Series A Warrant dated November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on 

Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006). 

  10.10   Form of Series B Warrant dated November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on 

Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006). 

  10.11   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2006, between the Company and the investors identified on the 
signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 
16, 2006). 

  10.12   Form of Warrant dated November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-

K filed on November 16, 2006). 

  10.13   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, between the Company and the investors identified on 

Annex A (the Schedule of Buyers) attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2007). 

  10.14   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, between the Company and the investors identified on the 

signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 
2007). 

  10.15   Form of Warrant issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, dated September 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 11, 2007). 

  10.16   Exchange Agreement, dated May 2, 2008, between Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, 

Inc.), the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto, and Michael Azar as the Holders’ Representative (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2008). 

  10.17   Promissory Note of Veri-Tek International Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.), in of favor Comerica Bank 
dated October 28, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(Amendment No. 1) filed on November 12, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)). 

  10.18   Loan Agreement by and between Comerica Bank and Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex 

International, Inc.) dated November 19, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 2) filed on December 1, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)). 

87 

 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
No. 

Description 

  10.19   Demand Promissory Note, dated May 31, 2006, by Crane & Machinery, Inc. to the Company (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006). 

  10.20   QVM $20 million Note to Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(i) to the Quarterly Report on Form 

10-Q filed on November 14, 2006). 

  10.21   Amendment to QVM $20 million Note to Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(ii) to the Quarterly 

Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2006). 

  10.22   Amendment No. 2 to QVM $20 million Note to Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2006 (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 13, 2007). 

  10.23   Amendment No. 3, effective as of August 9, 2007, to that certain Variable Rate Single Payment Note in original 

principal amount of $20 million, dated March 10, 2005, as amended, by and between Quantum Value Management, LLC 
and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 
14, 2007). 

  10.24   Amendment No. 4, effective as of June 30, 2008, to that certain Variable Rate-Single Payment Note in original principal 

amount of $20.0 million, dated March 10, 2005, by and between Quantum Value Management, LLC and Comerica 
Bank, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2008). 

  10.25   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and between Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC, Quantum 
Equipment, LLC, Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated December 15, 2003, as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 13, 2007) (Amendment 
No. 15 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 20, 2006, also filed as and incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2006). 

  10.26   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 11, 2007, by and between Veri-Tek International, Corp. 

(now known as Manitex International, Inc.), Manitex, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2007). 

  10.27   Amendment No. 1, effective as of August 9, 2007, to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and 

between Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.), Manitex, Inc., and Comerica Bank 
dated April 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 
14, 2007). 

  10.28   Amendment No. 2, dated October 18, 2007, to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and between 

Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.), Manitex, Inc. and Comerica Bank dated April 
11, 2007, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 
22, 2007). 

  10.29   Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amendment to Revolving Credit Note, 

dated June 30, 2008, by and between Manitex International, Inc., Manitex, Inc., and Comerica Bank, as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2008). 

  10.30   Revolving Credit Note for $16,500,000 dated April 11, 2007, payable to Comerica Bank by Manitex, Inc. (incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2007). 

88 

 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
No. 

Description 

  10.31   Letter Agreement between Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank dated December 29, 2006 (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on May 17, 2007). 

  10.32   Master Revolving Note dated as of December 29, 2006 between Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on May 17, 
2007). 

  10.33   Amendment No. 1, effective as of August 9, 2007, to that certain Master Revolving Note in original principal amount of 
CDN$3.5 million, dated December 29, 2006, by and between Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 14, 2007) 

  10.34   Amendment No. 2, effective as of October 18, 2007, to that certain Master Revolving Note in original principal amount 

of $3.5 million, dated December 29, 2006, by and between Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank, as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 22, 2007). 

  10.35   Amendment No. 3, effective as of June 30, 2008, to that certain Master Revolving Note in original principal amount of 
CDN $3.5 million, dated December 29, 2006, by and between Manitex LiftKing, ULC and Comerica Bank, as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2008). 

  10.36   Security Agreement, dated December 29, 2006, between Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on May 17, 2007). 

  10.37   Guaranty executed by Manitex, LLC on December 29, 2006, guaranteeing the loan from Comerica Bank to Manitex 

Liftking, ULC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A 
filed on May 17, 2007). 

  10.38   Advance Formula Agreement, dated January 26, 2009, made by Manitex LiftKing, ULC in favor of Comerica Bank 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2009). 

  10.39   Letter Agreement, dated June 30, 2008, by and between Manitex LiftKing, ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2008). 

  10.40   Master Revolving Note in principal amount of $4.5 million, dated June 30, 2008, by and between Manitex LiftKing, 

ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 
2008). 

  10.41   Comerica Bank Foreign Currency Exchange Master Agreement, dated September 7, 2007, between Veri-Tek 

International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.) and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2007). 

  10.42   Floorplan and Security Agreement between Manitex International, Inc. and HCA Equipment Finance LLC, dated 
December 15, 2008, together with the form of Extension of Credit, which is attached as Exhibit A thereto, and the 
Addendum to Floorplan and Security Agreement, dated January 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2009). 

  10.43   Restructuring Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and among Terex Corporation, Crane & Machinery, Inc., and 
Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 10, 2008). 

89 

 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
No. 

Description 

  10.44   Term Note in principal amount of $2,000,000, dated October 6, 2008, payable by Manitex International, Inc. to Terex 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008). 

  10.45   Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and Terex 

Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008). 

  10.46   Security Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and between Crane & Machinery, Inc. and Terex Corporation 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008). 

21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on 

April 13, 2007) 

23.1 (1)  Consent of UHY LLP. 
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page). 
31.1 (1)  Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934, as amended. 

31.2 (1)  Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934, as amended. 

32.1 (1)  Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.  

* 
(1)  Filed herewith.  

90 

 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS  
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-139576) and Form S-8 (No. 
333-126978) of Manitex International, Inc. of our report dated March 25, 2009, which report appears in the December 31, 2008 
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Manitex International, Inc.  

Exhibit 23.1  

/s/    UHY LLP 
UHY LLP 

Sterling Heights, Michigan  
March 25, 2009  

 
 
  
 
  
Exhibit 31.1  

CERTIFICATIONS  

I, David J. Langevin, certify that:  
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Manitex International, Inc.;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 

our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 25, 2009 

By: 
Name:
Title: 

/s/    DAVID J. LANGEVIN         
David J. Langevin 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer 
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 31.2  

CERTIFICATIONS  

I, David H. Gransee, certify that:  
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Manitex International, Inc.;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 

our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and  

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 25, 2009 

By: 
Name:
Title: 

/s/    DAVID H. GRANSEE         
David H. Gransee 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer 
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906  
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Solely for the purpose of complying with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, 
the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify 
that, to the best of our knowledge, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the 
“Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information 
contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Exhibit 32.1  

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

/s/    DAVID J. LANGEVIN         
David J. Langevin 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer 
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

Dated: March 25, 2009  

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

/s/    DAVID H. GRANSEE         
David H. Gransee 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer 
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

Dated: March 25, 2009